1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H
4 /*
5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
6 *
7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2025 Intel Corporation
11 */
12
13 #include <linux/ethtool.h>
14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h>
15 #include <linux/netdevice.h>
16 #include <linux/debugfs.h>
17 #include <linux/list.h>
18 #include <linux/bug.h>
19 #include <linux/netlink.h>
20 #include <linux/skbuff.h>
21 #include <linux/nl80211.h>
22 #include <linux/if_ether.h>
23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
24 #include <linux/net.h>
25 #include <linux/rfkill.h>
26 #include <net/regulatory.h>
27
28 /**
29 * DOC: Introduction
30 *
31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
37 *
38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
39 * use restrictions.
40 */
41
42
43 /**
44 * DOC: Device registration
45 *
46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
48 * described below.
49 *
50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the
56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
59 *
60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
63 */
64
65 struct wiphy;
66
67 /*
68 * wireless hardware capability structures
69 */
70
71 /**
72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
73 *
74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
75 *
76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
78 * sending probe requests or beaconing.
79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this
80 * channel.
81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
83 * is not permitted.
84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
85 * is not permitted.
86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
91 * restrictions.
92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
96 * restrictions.
97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
100 * on this channel.
101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
102 * on this channel.
103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted
105 * on this channel.
106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted
107 * on this channel.
108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted
109 * on this channel.
110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted
111 * on this channel.
112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted
113 * on this channel.
114 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band,
115 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this
116 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
117 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
118 * restrictions.
119 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel.
120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT
121 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP
122 * not permitted using this channel
123 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP
124 * not permitted using this channel
125 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor
126 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions,
127 * even if it is otherwise disabled.
128 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation
129 * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR.
130 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity on a 20 MHz channel,
131 * even if otherwise set to NO_IR.
132 */
133 enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
134 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0),
135 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1),
136 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2),
137 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3),
138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4),
139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5),
140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6),
141 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7),
142 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8),
143 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9),
144 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10),
145 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11),
146 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12),
147 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13),
148 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = BIT(14),
149 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = BIT(15),
150 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = BIT(16),
151 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = BIT(17),
152 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = BIT(18),
153 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19),
154 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20),
155 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21),
156 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22),
157 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23),
158 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24),
159 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25),
160 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = BIT(26),
161 };
162
163 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
164 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
165
166 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
167 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
168
169 /**
170 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
171 *
172 * This structure describes a single channel for use
173 * with cfg80211.
174 *
175 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
176 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
177 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
178 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
179 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
180 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
181 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
182 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
183 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
184 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
185 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
186 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
187 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
188 * @orig_mag: internal use
189 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
190 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
191 * on this channel.
192 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
193 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
194 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm)
195 */
196 struct ieee80211_channel {
197 enum nl80211_band band;
198 u32 center_freq;
199 u16 freq_offset;
200 u16 hw_value;
201 u32 flags;
202 int max_antenna_gain;
203 int max_power;
204 int max_reg_power;
205 bool beacon_found;
206 u32 orig_flags;
207 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
208 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
209 unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
210 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
211 s8 psd;
212 };
213
214 /**
215 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
216 *
217 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
218 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
219 * different bands/PHY modes.
220 *
221 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
222 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
223 * with CCK rates.
224 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
225 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
226 * core code when registering the wiphy.
227 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
228 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
229 * core code when registering the wiphy.
230 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
231 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
232 * core code when registering the wiphy.
233 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
234 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
235 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
236 */
237 enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
238 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0),
239 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1),
240 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2),
241 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3),
242 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4),
243 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5),
244 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6),
245 };
246
247 /**
248 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
249 *
250 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
251 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
252 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
253 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
254 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
255 */
256 enum ieee80211_bss_type {
257 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
258 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
259 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
260 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
261 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
262 };
263
264 /**
265 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
266 *
267 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
268 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
269 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
270 */
271 enum ieee80211_privacy {
272 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
273 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
274 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
275 };
276
277 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
278 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
279
280 /**
281 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
282 *
283 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
284 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
285 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
286 * passed around.
287 *
288 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags
289 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
290 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
291 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
292 * short preamble is used
293 */
294 struct ieee80211_rate {
295 u32 flags;
296 u16 bitrate;
297 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
298 };
299
300 /**
301 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
302 *
303 * @enable: is the feature enabled.
304 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element.
305 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset
306 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
307 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
308 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by
309 * members of the SRG
310 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values
311 * used by members of the SRG
312 */
313 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
314 bool enable;
315 u8 sr_ctrl;
316 u8 non_srg_max_offset;
317 u8 min_offset;
318 u8 max_offset;
319 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8];
320 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8];
321 };
322
323 /**
324 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
325 *
326 * @color: the current color.
327 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used
328 * @partial: define the AID equation.
329 */
330 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
331 u8 color;
332 bool enabled;
333 bool partial;
334 };
335
336 /**
337 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
338 *
339 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
340 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
341 *
342 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
343 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
344 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
345 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
346 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
347 */
348 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
349 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
350 bool ht_supported;
351 u8 ampdu_factor;
352 u8 ampdu_density;
353 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
354 };
355
356 /**
357 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
358 *
359 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
360 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
361 *
362 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
363 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
364 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
365 */
366 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
367 bool vht_supported;
368 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
369 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
370 };
371
372 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25
373
374 /**
375 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
376 *
377 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
378 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
379 *
380 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
381 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
382 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
383 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
384 */
385 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
386 bool has_he;
387 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
388 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
389 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
390 };
391
392 /**
393 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS
394 *
395 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS
396 * and NSS Set field"
397 *
398 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA.
399 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz
400 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz
401 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz
402 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz
403 */
404 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp {
405 union {
406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz;
407 struct {
408 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80;
409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160;
410 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320;
411 } __packed bw;
412 } __packed;
413 } __packed;
414
415 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32
416
417 /**
418 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities
419 *
420 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
421 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA.
422 *
423 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid.
424 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element.
425 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
426 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
427 */
428 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap {
429 bool has_eht;
430 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem;
431 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp;
432 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
433 };
434
435 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */
436 #ifdef __CHECKER__
437 /*
438 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed
439 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot
440 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be
441 * noisy when the pointer is used directly.
442 */
443 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data)))
444 #else
445 # define __iftd
446 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */
447
448 /**
449 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type
450 *
451 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
452 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the
453 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
454 *
455 * @types_mask: interface types mask
456 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
457 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
458 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
459 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities
460 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise
461 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data
462 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length
463 */
464 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
465 u16 types_mask;
466 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
467 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
468 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap;
469 struct {
470 const u8 *data;
471 unsigned int len;
472 } vendor_elems;
473 };
474
475 /**
476 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
477 *
478 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
479 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
480 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
481 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
482 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
483 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
484 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
485 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
486 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
487 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
488 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
489 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
490 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
491 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
492 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
493 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
494 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
495 */
496 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
497 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4,
498 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5,
499 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6,
500 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7,
501 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8,
502 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9,
503 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10,
504 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11,
505 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12,
506 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13,
507 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14,
508 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15,
509 };
510
511 /**
512 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
513 *
514 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
515 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
516 *
517 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
518 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
519 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
520 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
521 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
522 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
523 */
524 struct ieee80211_edmg {
525 u8 channels;
526 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
527 };
528
529 /**
530 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities
531 *
532 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
533 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA.
534 *
535 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA
536 * @cap: S1G capabilities information
537 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set
538 */
539 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap {
540 bool s1g;
541 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */
542 u8 nss_mcs[5];
543 };
544
545 /**
546 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
547 *
548 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
549 * is able to operate in.
550 *
551 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with
552 * in this band.
553 * @band: the band this structure represents
554 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
555 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
556 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
557 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
558 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
559 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
560 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
561 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band
562 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
563 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course)
564 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
565 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in
566 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
567 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
568 * iftype_data).
569 */
570 struct ieee80211_supported_band {
571 struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
572 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
573 enum nl80211_band band;
574 int n_channels;
575 int n_bitrates;
576 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
577 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
578 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap;
579 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
580 u16 n_iftype_data;
581 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data;
582 };
583
584 /**
585 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array
586 * @sband: the sband to initialize
587 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer
588 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array
589 *
590 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot
591 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer
592 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used.
593 */
594 static inline void
_ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband,const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * iftd,u16 n_iftd)595 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
596 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd,
597 u16 n_iftd)
598 {
599 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd;
600 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd;
601 }
602
603 /**
604 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array
605 * @sband: the sband to initialize
606 * @iftd: the iftype data array
607 */
608 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \
609 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd))
610
611 /**
612 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries
613 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate
614 * @i: iterator counter
615 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set
616 */
617 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \
618 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \
619 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \
620 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i])
621
622 /**
623 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
624 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
625 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
626 *
627 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
628 */
629 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband,u8 iftype)630 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
631 u8 iftype)
632 {
633 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data;
634 int i;
635
636 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
637 return NULL;
638
639 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN)
640 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP;
641
642 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) {
643 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
644 return data;
645 }
646
647 return NULL;
648 }
649
650 /**
651 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
652 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
653 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
654 *
655 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
656 */
657 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband,u8 iftype)658 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
659 u8 iftype)
660 {
661 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
662 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
663
664 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
665 return &data->he_cap;
666
667 return NULL;
668 }
669
670 /**
671 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
672 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
673 * @iftype: the iftype to search for
674 *
675 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
676 */
677 static inline __le16
ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband,enum nl80211_iftype iftype)678 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
679 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
680 {
681 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
682 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
683
684 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he))
685 return 0;
686
687 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa;
688 }
689
690 /**
691 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype
692 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
693 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
694 *
695 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found
696 */
697 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap *
ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband,enum nl80211_iftype iftype)698 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
699 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
700 {
701 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
702 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
703
704 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht)
705 return &data->eht_cap;
706
707 return NULL;
708 }
709
710 /**
711 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
712 *
713 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
714 *
715 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
716 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
717 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
718 *
719 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
720 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
721 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
722 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
723 * without affecting other devices.
724 *
725 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
726 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
727 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
728 */
729 #ifdef CONFIG_OF
730 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
731 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy * wiphy)732 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
733 {
734 }
735 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
736
737
738 /*
739 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
740 */
741
742 /**
743 * DOC: Actions and configuration
744 *
745 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
746 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
747 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
748 * operations use are described separately.
749 *
750 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
751 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
752 *
753 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
754 * in a separate chapter.
755 */
756
757 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
758 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
759
760 /**
761 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
762 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
763 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
764 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
765 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
766 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
767 * determine the address as needed.
768 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
769 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
770 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
771 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
772 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
773 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
774 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
775 */
776 struct vif_params {
777 u32 flags;
778 int use_4addr;
779 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
780 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
781 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
782 };
783
784 /**
785 * struct key_params - key information
786 *
787 * Information about a key
788 *
789 * @key: key material
790 * @key_len: length of key material
791 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
792 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
793 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
794 * length given by @seq_len.
795 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
796 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
797 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
798 */
799 struct key_params {
800 const u8 *key;
801 const u8 *seq;
802 int key_len;
803 int seq_len;
804 u16 vlan_id;
805 u32 cipher;
806 enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
807 };
808
809 /**
810 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
811 * @chan: the (control) channel
812 * @width: channel width
813 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
814 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
815 * (only with 80+80 MHz)
816 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
817 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
818 * chan will define the primary channel and all other
819 * parameters are ignored.
820 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
821 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with
822 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered
823 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec)
824 */
825 struct cfg80211_chan_def {
826 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
827 enum nl80211_chan_width width;
828 u32 center_freq1;
829 u32 center_freq2;
830 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
831 u16 freq1_offset;
832 u16 punctured;
833 };
834
835 /*
836 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
837 */
838 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
839 struct {
840 u32 legacy;
841 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
842 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
843 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
844 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
845 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi;
846 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf;
847 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
848 };
849
850
851 /**
852 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
853 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
854 * of the peer.
855 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
856 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
857 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
858 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
859 * @retry_long: retry count value
860 * @retry_short: retry count value
861 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
862 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
863 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
864 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type
865 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID
866 */
867 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
868 bool config_override;
869 u8 tids;
870 u64 mask;
871 enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
872 u8 retry_long, retry_short;
873 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu;
874 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts;
875 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu;
876 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type;
877 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask;
878 };
879
880 /**
881 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
882 * @peer: Station's MAC address
883 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
884 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
885 */
886 struct cfg80211_tid_config {
887 const u8 *peer;
888 u32 n_tid_conf;
889 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf);
890 };
891
892 /**
893 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data
894 * @macaddr: STA MAC address
895 * @kek: FILS KEK
896 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length
897 * @snonce: STA Nonce
898 * @anonce: AP Nonce
899 */
900 struct cfg80211_fils_aad {
901 const u8 *macaddr;
902 const u8 *kek;
903 u8 kek_len;
904 const u8 *snonce;
905 const u8 *anonce;
906 };
907
908 /**
909 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping
910 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all
911 * addresses.
912 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address.
913 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address.
914 */
915 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp {
916 const u8 *macaddr;
917 bool enable;
918 };
919
920 /**
921 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
922 * @chandef: the channel definition
923 *
924 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
925 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
926 */
927 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)928 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
929 {
930 switch (chandef->width) {
931 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
932 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
933 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
934 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
935 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
936 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
937 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
938 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
939 default:
940 WARN_ON(1);
941 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
942 }
943 }
944
945 /**
946 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
947 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
948 * @channel: the control channel
949 * @chantype: the channel type
950 *
951 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
952 */
953 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
954 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
955 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
956
957 /**
958 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
959 * @chandef1: first channel definition
960 * @chandef2: second channel definition
961 *
962 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
963 * identical, %false otherwise.
964 */
965 static inline bool
cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef1,const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef2)966 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
967 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
968 {
969 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
970 chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
971 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
972 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset &&
973 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 &&
974 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured);
975 }
976
977 /**
978 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
979 *
980 * @chandef: the channel definition
981 *
982 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
983 */
984 static inline bool
cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)985 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
986 {
987 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
988 }
989
990 /**
991 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
992 * @chandef1: first channel definition
993 * @chandef2: second channel definition
994 *
995 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
996 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
997 */
998 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
999 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
1000 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
1001
1002 /**
1003 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz
1004 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width
1005 *
1006 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width
1007 * is valid. -1 otherwise.
1008 */
1009 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width);
1010
1011 /**
1012 * cfg80211_chandef_get_width - return chandef width in MHz
1013 * @c: chandef to return bandwidth for
1014 * Return: channel width in MHz for the given chandef; note that it returns
1015 * 80 for 80+80 configurations
1016 */
cfg80211_chandef_get_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * c)1017 static inline int cfg80211_chandef_get_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *c)
1018 {
1019 return nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(c->width);
1020 }
1021
1022 /**
1023 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
1024 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
1025 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
1026 */
1027 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
1028
1029 /**
1030 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
1031 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
1032 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
1033 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
1034 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
1035 */
1036 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1037 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
1038 u32 prohibited_flags);
1039
1040 /**
1041 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
1042 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
1043 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
1044 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
1045 * Returns:
1046 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
1047 */
1048 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1049 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
1050 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
1051
1052 /**
1053 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we
1054 * can/need start CAC on such channel
1055 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
1056 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
1057 *
1058 * Return: true if all channels available and at least
1059 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE)
1060 */
1061 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1062 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
1063
1064 /**
1065 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given
1066 * channel definition
1067 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
1068 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
1069 *
1070 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition
1071 */
1072 unsigned int
1073 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1074 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
1075
1076 /**
1077 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq
1078 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for
1079 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for
1080 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated
1081 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL
1082 *
1083 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1
1084 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap
1085 */
1086 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
1087 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width,
1088 u16 *punctured);
1089
1090 /**
1091 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition.
1092 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition
1093 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
1094 *
1095 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error
1096 **/
1097 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
1098
1099 /**
1100 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width
1101 * @width: the channel width of the channel
1102 *
1103 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
1104 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
1105 *
1106 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width
1107 */
1108 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width)1109 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width)
1110 {
1111 switch (width) {
1112 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
1113 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
1114 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
1115 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
1116 default:
1117 break;
1118 }
1119 return 0;
1120 }
1121
1122 /**
1123 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
1124 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
1125 *
1126 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags().
1127 *
1128 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
1129 */
1130 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)1131 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
1132 {
1133 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width);
1134 }
1135
1136 /**
1137 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
1138 *
1139 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
1140 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
1141 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
1142 *
1143 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
1144 *
1145 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
1146 */
1147 static inline int
ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)1148 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
1149 {
1150 switch (chandef->width) {
1151 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
1152 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
1153 chandef->chan->max_power);
1154 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
1155 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
1156 chandef->chan->max_power);
1157 default:
1158 break;
1159 }
1160 return chandef->chan->max_power;
1161 }
1162
1163 /**
1164 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels
1165 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for
1166 * @band_mask: which bands to check on
1167 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable,
1168 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account
1169 *
1170 * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise
1171 */
1172 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1173 unsigned long band_mask,
1174 u32 prohibited_flags);
1175
1176 /**
1177 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
1178 *
1179 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
1180 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
1181 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
1182 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
1183 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
1184 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
1185 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
1186 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
1187 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
1188 *
1189 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
1190 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
1191 */
1192 enum survey_info_flags {
1193 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0),
1194 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1),
1195 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2),
1196 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3),
1197 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4),
1198 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5),
1199 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6),
1200 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7),
1201 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8),
1202 };
1203
1204 /**
1205 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
1206 *
1207 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
1208 * record to report global statistics
1209 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
1210 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
1211 * optional
1212 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
1213 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
1214 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
1215 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
1216 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
1217 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
1218 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
1219 *
1220 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
1221 *
1222 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
1223 * channel duty cycle etc.
1224 */
1225 struct survey_info {
1226 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1227 u64 time;
1228 u64 time_busy;
1229 u64 time_ext_busy;
1230 u64 time_rx;
1231 u64 time_tx;
1232 u64 time_scan;
1233 u64 time_bss_rx;
1234 u32 filled;
1235 s8 noise;
1236 };
1237
1238 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10
1239
1240 /**
1241 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
1242 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
1243 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
1244 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
1245 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
1246 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
1247 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
1248 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
1249 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
1250 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
1251 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
1252 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
1253 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
1254 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
1255 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
1256 * protocol frames.
1257 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1258 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1259 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
1260 * port for mac80211
1261 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
1262 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
1263 * offload)
1264 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
1265 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation:
1266 *
1267 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
1268 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any
1269 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in
1270 * such a scenario.
1271 *
1272 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
1273 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only
1274 *
1275 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
1276 * Allow hash-to-element only
1277 *
1278 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
1279 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element
1280 */
1281 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
1282 u32 wpa_versions;
1283 u32 cipher_group;
1284 int n_ciphers_pairwise;
1285 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
1286 int n_akm_suites;
1287 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES];
1288 bool control_port;
1289 __be16 control_port_ethertype;
1290 bool control_port_no_encrypt;
1291 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1292 bool control_port_no_preauth;
1293 const u8 *psk;
1294 const u8 *sae_pwd;
1295 u8 sae_pwd_len;
1296 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe;
1297 };
1298
1299 /**
1300 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid
1301 *
1302 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set
1303 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group.
1304 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode.
1305 */
1306 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config {
1307 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev;
1308 u8 index;
1309 bool ema;
1310 };
1311
1312 /**
1313 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements
1314 *
1315 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems.
1316 *
1317 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames.
1318 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements.
1319 * @elem.len: Length of data.
1320 */
1321 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems {
1322 u8 cnt;
1323 struct {
1324 const u8 *data;
1325 size_t len;
1326 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt);
1327 };
1328
1329 /**
1330 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements
1331 *
1332 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems.
1333 *
1334 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames.
1335 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements.
1336 * @elem.len: Length of data.
1337 */
1338 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems {
1339 u8 cnt;
1340 struct {
1341 const u8 *data;
1342 size_t len;
1343 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt);
1344 };
1345
1346 /**
1347 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
1348 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon
1349 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
1350 * or %NULL if not changed
1351 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
1352 * or %NULL if not changed
1353 * @head_len: length of @head
1354 * @tail_len: length of @tail
1355 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
1356 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
1357 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
1358 * frames or %NULL
1359 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
1360 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
1361 * Response frames or %NULL
1362 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
1363 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
1364 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
1365 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements
1366 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements
1367 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
1368 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
1369 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
1370 * (measurement type 8)
1371 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
1372 * Token (measurement type 11)
1373 * @lci_len: LCI data length
1374 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
1375 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
1376 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color
1377 * attribute is present in beacon data or not.
1378 */
1379 struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
1380 unsigned int link_id;
1381
1382 const u8 *head, *tail;
1383 const u8 *beacon_ies;
1384 const u8 *proberesp_ies;
1385 const u8 *assocresp_ies;
1386 const u8 *probe_resp;
1387 const u8 *lci;
1388 const u8 *civicloc;
1389 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies;
1390 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies;
1391 s8 ftm_responder;
1392
1393 size_t head_len, tail_len;
1394 size_t beacon_ies_len;
1395 size_t proberesp_ies_len;
1396 size_t assocresp_ies_len;
1397 size_t probe_resp_len;
1398 size_t lci_len;
1399 size_t civicloc_len;
1400 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
1401 bool he_bss_color_valid;
1402 };
1403
1404 struct mac_address {
1405 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1406 };
1407
1408 /**
1409 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
1410 *
1411 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
1412 * entry specified by mac_addr
1413 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
1414 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
1415 */
1416 struct cfg80211_acl_data {
1417 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
1418 int n_acl_entries;
1419
1420 /* Keep it last */
1421 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries);
1422 };
1423
1424 /**
1425 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
1426 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
1427 *
1428 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated.
1429 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1430 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1431 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1432 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action
1433 * frame headers.
1434 */
1435 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery {
1436 bool update;
1437 u32 min_interval;
1438 u32 max_interval;
1439 size_t tmpl_len;
1440 const u8 *tmpl;
1441 };
1442
1443 /**
1444 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe
1445 * response parameters in 6GHz.
1446 *
1447 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated.
1448 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned
1449 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive
1450 * scanning
1451 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1452 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response
1453 */
1454 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp {
1455 bool update;
1456 u32 interval;
1457 size_t tmpl_len;
1458 const u8 *tmpl;
1459 };
1460
1461 /**
1462 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
1463 *
1464 * Used to configure an AP interface.
1465 *
1466 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1467 * @beacon: beacon data
1468 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1469 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
1470 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
1471 * user space)
1472 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
1473 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1474 * @crypto: crypto settings
1475 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
1476 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1477 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
1478 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
1479 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
1480 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
1481 * MAC address based access control
1482 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
1483 * networks.
1484 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1485 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
1486 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
1487 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1488 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
1489 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
1490 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
1491 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
1492 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
1493 * @he_required: stations must support HE
1494 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE
1495 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags
1496 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
1497 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1498 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
1499 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
1500 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid
1501 */
1502 struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
1503 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1504
1505 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
1506
1507 int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
1508 const u8 *ssid;
1509 size_t ssid_len;
1510 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1511 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1512 bool privacy;
1513 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1514 int inactivity_timeout;
1515 u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1516 bool p2p_opp_ps;
1517 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1518 bool pbss;
1519 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1520
1521 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1522 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1523 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1524 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper;
1525 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap;
1526 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper;
1527 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required;
1528 bool twt_responder;
1529 u32 flags;
1530 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1531 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
1532 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
1533 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config;
1534 };
1535
1536
1537 /**
1538 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update
1539 *
1540 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP.
1541 *
1542 * @beacon: beacon data
1543 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
1544 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
1545 */
1546 struct cfg80211_ap_update {
1547 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
1548 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
1549 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
1550 };
1551
1552 /**
1553 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1554 *
1555 * Used for channel switch
1556 *
1557 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1558 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1559 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1560 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1561 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1562 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1563 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1564 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1565 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1566 * @count: number of beacons until switch
1567 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during
1568 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO.
1569 */
1570 struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1571 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1572 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1573 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1574 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1575 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1576 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1577 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1578 bool radar_required;
1579 bool block_tx;
1580 u8 count;
1581 u8 link_id;
1582 };
1583
1584 /**
1585 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings
1586 *
1587 * Used for bss color change
1588 *
1589 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown
1590 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1591 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1592 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change
1593 * @count: number of beacons until the color change
1594 * @color: the color used after the change
1595 * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO.
1596 * 0 in case of non-MLO.
1597 */
1598 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings {
1599 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change;
1600 u16 counter_offset_beacon;
1601 u16 counter_offset_presp;
1602 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next;
1603 u8 count;
1604 u8 color;
1605 u8 link_id;
1606 };
1607
1608 /**
1609 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1610 *
1611 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1612 *
1613 * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global
1614 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1615 * to use for verification
1616 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1617 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1618 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1619 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1620 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1621 * nl80211_iftype.
1622 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1623 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1624 * the verification
1625 */
1626 struct iface_combination_params {
1627 int radio_idx;
1628 int num_different_channels;
1629 u8 radar_detect;
1630 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1631 u32 new_beacon_int;
1632 };
1633
1634 /**
1635 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1636 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1637 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1638 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1639 *
1640 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1641 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1642 */
1643 enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1644 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1645 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1646 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1647 };
1648
1649 /**
1650 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1651 *
1652 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1653 *
1654 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1655 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1656 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1657 * power per-interface or per-station.
1658 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1659 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1660 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1661 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1662 * per peer TPC.
1663 */
1664 struct sta_txpwr {
1665 s16 power;
1666 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1667 };
1668
1669 /**
1670 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters
1671 *
1672 * Used to change and create a new link station.
1673 *
1674 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
1675 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station)
1676 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link
1677 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1678 * (or NULL for no change)
1679 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1680 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1681 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1682 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1683 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1684 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1685 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1686 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
1687 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set
1688 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
1689 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station
1690 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities
1691 */
1692 struct link_station_parameters {
1693 const u8 *mld_mac;
1694 int link_id;
1695 const u8 *link_mac;
1696 const u8 *supported_rates;
1697 u8 supported_rates_len;
1698 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1699 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1700 u8 opmode_notif;
1701 bool opmode_notif_used;
1702 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1703 u8 he_capa_len;
1704 struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1705 bool txpwr_set;
1706 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa;
1707 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa;
1708 u8 eht_capa_len;
1709 };
1710
1711 /**
1712 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters
1713 *
1714 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations).
1715 *
1716 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
1717 * @link_id: the link id
1718 */
1719 struct link_station_del_parameters {
1720 const u8 *mld_mac;
1721 u32 link_id;
1722 };
1723
1724 /**
1725 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters
1726 *
1727 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping.
1728 *
1729 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314
1730 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
1731 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314
1732 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
1733 */
1734 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params {
1735 u16 dlink[8];
1736 u16 ulink[8];
1737 };
1738
1739 /**
1740 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1741 *
1742 * Used to change and create a new station.
1743 *
1744 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1745 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1746 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1747 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1748 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1749 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1750 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1751 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1752 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1753 * @plink_action: plink action to take
1754 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1755 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1756 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1757 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1758 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1759 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1760 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1761 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1762 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1763 * to unknown)
1764 * @capability: station capability
1765 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1766 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1767 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1768 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1769 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1770 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1771 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1772 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1773 * @link_sta_params: link related params.
1774 */
1775 struct station_parameters {
1776 struct net_device *vlan;
1777 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1778 u32 sta_modify_mask;
1779 int listen_interval;
1780 u16 aid;
1781 u16 vlan_id;
1782 u16 peer_aid;
1783 u8 plink_action;
1784 u8 plink_state;
1785 u8 uapsd_queues;
1786 u8 max_sp;
1787 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1788 u16 capability;
1789 const u8 *ext_capab;
1790 u8 ext_capab_len;
1791 const u8 *supported_channels;
1792 u8 supported_channels_len;
1793 const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1794 u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1795 int support_p2p_ps;
1796 u16 airtime_weight;
1797 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params;
1798 };
1799
1800 /**
1801 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1802 *
1803 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1804 *
1805 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1806 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1807 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1808 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1809 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be
1810 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really
1811 * remove all stations.
1812 */
1813 struct station_del_parameters {
1814 const u8 *mac;
1815 u8 subtype;
1816 u16 reason_code;
1817 int link_id;
1818 };
1819
1820 /**
1821 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1822 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1823 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1824 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1825 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1826 * the AP MLME in the device
1827 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1828 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1829 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1830 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1831 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1832 * supported/used)
1833 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1834 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1835 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1836 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1837 */
1838 enum cfg80211_station_type {
1839 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1840 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1841 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1842 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1843 CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1844 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1845 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1846 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1847 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1848 };
1849
1850 /**
1851 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1852 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1853 * @params: the new parameters for a station
1854 * @statype: the type of station being modified
1855 *
1856 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1857 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1858 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable.
1859 *
1860 * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that
1861 * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't
1862 * use them before calling this.
1863 */
1864 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1865 struct station_parameters *params,
1866 enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1867
1868 /**
1869 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags
1870 *
1871 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1872 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1873 *
1874 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1875 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1876 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1877 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1878 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1879 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1880 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS
1881 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information
1882 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS
1883 */
1884 enum rate_info_flags {
1885 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
1886 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
1887 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1888 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3),
1889 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4),
1890 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5),
1891 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6),
1892 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7),
1893 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8),
1894 };
1895
1896 /**
1897 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1898 *
1899 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1900 *
1901 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1902 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1903 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1904 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1905 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1906 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1907 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1908 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth
1909 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation
1910 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth
1911 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth
1912 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth
1913 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth
1914 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth
1915 */
1916 enum rate_info_bw {
1917 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1918 RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1919 RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1920 RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1921 RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1922 RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1923 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1924 RATE_INFO_BW_320,
1925 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU,
1926 RATE_INFO_BW_1,
1927 RATE_INFO_BW_2,
1928 RATE_INFO_BW_4,
1929 RATE_INFO_BW_8,
1930 RATE_INFO_BW_16,
1931 };
1932
1933 /**
1934 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1935 *
1936 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1937 *
1938 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1939 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1940 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate
1941 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1942 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1943 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1944 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1945 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1946 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1947 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1948 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
1949 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc,
1950 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU)
1951 */
1952 struct rate_info {
1953 u16 flags;
1954 u16 legacy;
1955 u8 mcs;
1956 u8 nss;
1957 u8 bw;
1958 u8 he_gi;
1959 u8 he_dcm;
1960 u8 he_ru_alloc;
1961 u8 n_bonded_ch;
1962 u8 eht_gi;
1963 u8 eht_ru_alloc;
1964 };
1965
1966 /**
1967 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags
1968 *
1969 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1970 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1971 *
1972 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1973 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1974 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1975 */
1976 enum bss_param_flags {
1977 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0),
1978 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1),
1979 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2),
1980 };
1981
1982 /**
1983 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1984 *
1985 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1986 *
1987 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1988 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1989 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1990 */
1991 struct sta_bss_parameters {
1992 u8 flags;
1993 u8 dtim_period;
1994 u16 beacon_interval;
1995 };
1996
1997 /**
1998 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1999 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
2000 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
2001 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
2002 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
2003 * @flows: number of new flows seen
2004 * @drops: total number of packets dropped
2005 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
2006 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
2007 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
2008 * @collisions: number of hash collisions
2009 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
2010 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
2011 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
2012 */
2013 struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
2014 u32 filled;
2015 u32 backlog_bytes;
2016 u32 backlog_packets;
2017 u32 flows;
2018 u32 drops;
2019 u32 ecn_marks;
2020 u32 overlimit;
2021 u32 overmemory;
2022 u32 collisions;
2023 u32 tx_bytes;
2024 u32 tx_packets;
2025 u32 max_flows;
2026 };
2027
2028 /**
2029 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
2030 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
2031 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
2032 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
2033 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
2034 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
2035 * transmitted MSDUs
2036 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
2037 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
2038 */
2039 struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
2040 u32 filled;
2041 u64 rx_msdu;
2042 u64 tx_msdu;
2043 u64 tx_msdu_retries;
2044 u64 tx_msdu_failed;
2045 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
2046 };
2047
2048 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
2049
2050 /**
2051 * struct station_info - station information
2052 *
2053 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
2054 *
2055 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
2056 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
2057 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
2058 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
2059 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
2060 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
2061 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
2062 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
2063 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
2064 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
2065 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
2066 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
2067 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
2068 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
2069 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
2070 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
2071 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
2072 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
2073 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
2074 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
2075 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
2076 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
2077 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
2078 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
2079 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
2080 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
2081 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
2082 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
2083 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
2084 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
2085 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
2086 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
2087 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
2088 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
2089 * @llid: mesh local link id
2090 * @plid: mesh peer link id
2091 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
2092 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
2093 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server
2094 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
2095 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
2096 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
2097 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
2098 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
2099 * towards this station.
2100 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
2101 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
2102 * from this peer
2103 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
2104 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
2105 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
2106 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
2107 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
2108 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
2109 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
2110 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
2111 * been sent.
2112 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
2113 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
2114 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
2115 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
2116 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled
2117 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP
2118 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this
2119 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and
2120 * dump_station() callbacks.
2121 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station
2122 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO
2123 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD.
2124 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station.
2125 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros.
2126 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response.
2127 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user
2128 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the
2129 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't
2130 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and
2131 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine
2132 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station.
2133 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets.
2134 */
2135 struct station_info {
2136 u64 filled;
2137 u32 connected_time;
2138 u32 inactive_time;
2139 u64 assoc_at;
2140 u64 rx_bytes;
2141 u64 tx_bytes;
2142 s8 signal;
2143 s8 signal_avg;
2144
2145 u8 chains;
2146 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2147 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2148
2149 struct rate_info txrate;
2150 struct rate_info rxrate;
2151 u32 rx_packets;
2152 u32 tx_packets;
2153 u32 tx_retries;
2154 u32 tx_failed;
2155 u32 rx_dropped_misc;
2156 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
2157 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
2158
2159 int generation;
2160
2161 u32 beacon_loss_count;
2162
2163 const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
2164 size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
2165
2166 s64 t_offset;
2167 u16 llid;
2168 u16 plid;
2169 u8 plink_state;
2170 u8 connected_to_gate;
2171 u8 connected_to_as;
2172 u32 airtime_link_metric;
2173 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
2174 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
2175 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
2176
2177 u32 expected_throughput;
2178
2179 u16 airtime_weight;
2180
2181 s8 ack_signal;
2182 s8 avg_ack_signal;
2183 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
2184
2185 u64 tx_duration;
2186 u64 rx_duration;
2187 u64 rx_beacon;
2188 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
2189
2190 u32 rx_mpdu_count;
2191 u32 fcs_err_count;
2192
2193 bool mlo_params_valid;
2194 u8 assoc_link_id;
2195 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2196 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies;
2197 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len;
2198 };
2199
2200 /**
2201 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit
2202 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm
2203 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to
2204 */
2205 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs {
2206 s32 power;
2207 u32 freq_range_index;
2208 };
2209
2210 /**
2211 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs
2212 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types
2213 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs
2214 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs
2215 */
2216 struct cfg80211_sar_specs {
2217 enum nl80211_sar_type type;
2218 u32 num_sub_specs;
2219 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs);
2220 };
2221
2222
2223 /**
2224 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges
2225 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency
2226 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency
2227 */
2228 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges {
2229 u32 start_freq;
2230 u32 end_freq;
2231 };
2232
2233 /**
2234 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability
2235 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types
2236 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges
2237 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges.
2238 *
2239 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing
2240 * range to small ones and then append them.
2241 */
2242 struct cfg80211_sar_capa {
2243 enum nl80211_sar_type type;
2244 u32 num_freq_ranges;
2245 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges;
2246 };
2247
2248 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
2249 /**
2250 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
2251 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
2252 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
2253 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
2254 *
2255 * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
2256 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
2257 * considered undefined.
2258 */
2259 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
2260 struct station_info *sinfo);
2261 #else
cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * mac_addr,struct station_info * sinfo)2262 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
2263 const u8 *mac_addr,
2264 struct station_info *sinfo)
2265 {
2266 return -ENOENT;
2267 }
2268 #endif
2269
2270 /**
2271 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
2272 *
2273 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
2274 * according to the nl80211 flags.
2275 *
2276 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
2277 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
2278 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
2279 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
2280 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
2281 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused
2282 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
2283 * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames
2284 */
2285 enum monitor_flags {
2286 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID),
2287 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL),
2288 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL),
2289 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL),
2290 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS),
2291 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES),
2292 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE),
2293 MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX),
2294 };
2295
2296 /**
2297 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
2298 *
2299 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
2300 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
2301 *
2302 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
2303 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
2304 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
2305 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
2306 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
2307 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
2308 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
2309 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
2310 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
2311 */
2312 enum mpath_info_flags {
2313 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
2314 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
2315 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
2316 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
2317 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
2318 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
2319 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
2320 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7),
2321 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8),
2322 };
2323
2324 /**
2325 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
2326 *
2327 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
2328 *
2329 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
2330 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
2331 * @sn: target sequence number
2332 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2333 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
2334 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags
2335 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
2336 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
2337 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
2338 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
2339 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
2340 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
2341 * @hop_count: hops to destination
2342 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
2343 */
2344 struct mpath_info {
2345 u32 filled;
2346 u32 frame_qlen;
2347 u32 sn;
2348 u32 metric;
2349 u32 exptime;
2350 u32 discovery_timeout;
2351 u8 discovery_retries;
2352 u8 flags;
2353 u8 hop_count;
2354 u32 path_change_count;
2355
2356 int generation;
2357 };
2358
2359 /**
2360 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
2361 *
2362 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
2363 *
2364 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD
2365 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
2366 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
2367 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
2368 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
2369 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
2370 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
2371 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
2372 * (or NULL for no change)
2373 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
2374 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
2375 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
2376 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
2377 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
2378 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
2379 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
2380 */
2381 struct bss_parameters {
2382 int link_id;
2383 int use_cts_prot;
2384 int use_short_preamble;
2385 int use_short_slot_time;
2386 const u8 *basic_rates;
2387 u8 basic_rates_len;
2388 int ap_isolate;
2389 int ht_opmode;
2390 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
2391 };
2392
2393 /**
2394 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
2395 *
2396 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
2397 *
2398 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
2399 * by the Mesh Peering Open message
2400 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
2401 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
2402 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
2403 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
2404 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
2405 * mesh interface
2406 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
2407 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
2408 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
2409 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
2410 * elements
2411 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
2412 * detect compatible mesh peers
2413 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
2414 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
2415 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
2416 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
2417 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
2418 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
2419 * a path discovery in milliseconds
2420 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
2421 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
2422 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
2423 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
2424 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
2425 * element
2426 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
2427 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
2428 * element
2429 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
2430 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
2431 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
2432 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
2433 * announcements are transmitted
2434 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
2435 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
2436 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
2437 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
2438 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
2439 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
2440 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
2441 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
2442 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
2443 * station to establish a peer link
2444 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
2445 *
2446 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
2447 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
2448 * the root mesh STA to be valid.
2449 *
2450 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
2451 * PREQs are transmitted.
2452 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
2453 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
2454 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
2455 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
2456 * setting for new peer links.
2457 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
2458 * after transmitting its beacon.
2459 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
2460 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
2461 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
2462 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA
2463 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
2464 * in the mesh formation field.
2465 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
2466 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the
2467 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
2468 * in the mesh path table
2469 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP
2470 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might
2471 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So
2472 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
2473 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
2474 */
2475 struct mesh_config {
2476 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
2477 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
2478 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
2479 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
2480 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
2481 u8 dot11MeshTTL;
2482 u8 element_ttl;
2483 bool auto_open_plinks;
2484 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
2485 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
2486 u32 path_refresh_time;
2487 u16 min_discovery_timeout;
2488 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
2489 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
2490 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
2491 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
2492 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
2493 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
2494 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer;
2495 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
2496 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
2497 bool dot11MeshForwarding;
2498 s32 rssi_threshold;
2499 u16 ht_opmode;
2500 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
2501 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
2502 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
2503 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
2504 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
2505 u32 plink_timeout;
2506 bool dot11MeshNolearn;
2507 };
2508
2509 /**
2510 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
2511 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
2512 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
2513 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
2514 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
2515 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
2516 * @path_metric: which metric to use
2517 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
2518 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
2519 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
2520 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
2521 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
2522 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
2523 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
2524 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2525 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
2526 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
2527 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
2528 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2529 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2530 * to operate on DFS channels.
2531 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2532 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2533 *
2534 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
2535 */
2536 struct mesh_setup {
2537 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2538 const u8 *mesh_id;
2539 u8 mesh_id_len;
2540 u8 sync_method;
2541 u8 path_sel_proto;
2542 u8 path_metric;
2543 u8 auth_id;
2544 const u8 *ie;
2545 u8 ie_len;
2546 bool is_authenticated;
2547 bool is_secure;
2548 bool user_mpm;
2549 u8 dtim_period;
2550 u16 beacon_interval;
2551 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2552 u32 basic_rates;
2553 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
2554 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2555 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2556 };
2557
2558 /**
2559 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
2560 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
2561 *
2562 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
2563 */
2564 struct ocb_setup {
2565 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2566 };
2567
2568 /**
2569 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
2570 * @ac: AC identifier
2571 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
2572 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2573 * 1..32767]
2574 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2575 * 1..32767]
2576 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
2577 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD
2578 */
2579 struct ieee80211_txq_params {
2580 enum nl80211_ac ac;
2581 u16 txop;
2582 u16 cwmin;
2583 u16 cwmax;
2584 u8 aifs;
2585 int link_id;
2586 };
2587
2588 /**
2589 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
2590 *
2591 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
2592 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
2593 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
2594 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
2595 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
2596 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
2597 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
2598 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
2599 * in the wiphy structure.
2600 *
2601 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
2602 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
2603 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
2604 *
2605 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
2606 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
2607 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
2608 * to userspace.
2609 */
2610
2611 /**
2612 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
2613 * @ssid: the SSID
2614 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
2615 */
2616 struct cfg80211_ssid {
2617 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
2618 u8 ssid_len;
2619 };
2620
2621 /**
2622 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
2623 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
2624 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
2625 * information is not available, this field is left zero.
2626 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
2627 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
2628 * userspace will be notified of that
2629 */
2630 struct cfg80211_scan_info {
2631 u64 scan_start_tsf;
2632 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2633 bool aborted;
2634 };
2635
2636 /**
2637 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only
2638 *
2639 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for
2640 * @bssid: bssid to scan for
2641 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request
2642 * which the above info is relevant to
2643 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU
2644 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used
2645 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait
2646 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests.
2647 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value.
2648 */
2649 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params {
2650 u32 short_ssid;
2651 u32 channel_idx;
2652 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2653 bool unsolicited_probe;
2654 bool short_ssid_valid;
2655 bool psc_no_listen;
2656 s8 psd_20;
2657 };
2658
2659 /**
2660 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
2661 *
2662 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
2663 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2664 * @channels: channels to scan on.
2665 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2666 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2667 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2668 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
2669 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
2670 * the actual dwell time may be shorter.
2671 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
2672 * %duration field.
2673 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags
2674 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
2675 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2676 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
2677 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
2678 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
2679 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
2680 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
2681 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2682 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2683 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2684 * be taken from the @mac_addr
2685 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only,
2686 * true if this is the second scan request
2687 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params
2688 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params
2689 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
2690 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be
2691 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference.
2692 */
2693 struct cfg80211_scan_request {
2694 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2695 int n_ssids;
2696 u32 n_channels;
2697 const u8 *ie;
2698 size_t ie_len;
2699 u16 duration;
2700 bool duration_mandatory;
2701 u32 flags;
2702
2703 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2704
2705 struct wireless_dev *wdev;
2706
2707 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2708 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2709 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2710
2711 /* internal */
2712 struct wiphy *wiphy;
2713 unsigned long scan_start;
2714 struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
2715 bool notified;
2716 bool no_cck;
2717 bool scan_6ghz;
2718 u32 n_6ghz_params;
2719 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params;
2720 s8 tsf_report_link_id;
2721
2722 /* keep last */
2723 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels);
2724 };
2725
get_random_mask_addr(u8 * buf,const u8 * addr,const u8 * mask)2726 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
2727 {
2728 int i;
2729
2730 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
2731 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
2732 buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
2733 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
2734 }
2735 }
2736
2737 /**
2738 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
2739 *
2740 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
2741 * or no match (RSSI only)
2742 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
2743 * or no match (RSSI only)
2744 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
2745 */
2746 struct cfg80211_match_set {
2747 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2748 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2749 s32 rssi_thold;
2750 };
2751
2752 /**
2753 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2754 *
2755 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2756 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2757 * infinite loop.
2758 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2759 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2760 */
2761 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2762 u32 interval;
2763 u32 iterations;
2764 };
2765
2766 /**
2767 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2768 *
2769 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2770 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2771 */
2772 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2773 enum nl80211_band band;
2774 s8 delta;
2775 };
2776
2777 /**
2778 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2779 *
2780 * @reqid: identifies this request.
2781 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2782 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2783 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2784 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2785 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2786 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags
2787 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2788 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2789 * (others are filtered out).
2790 * If omitted, all results are passed.
2791 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2792 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2793 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2794 * @dev: the interface
2795 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2796 * @channels: channels to scan
2797 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2798 * contains the minimum over all matchsets
2799 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2800 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2801 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2802 * be taken from the @mac_addr
2803 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2804 * index must be executed first.
2805 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2806 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2807 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2808 * owned by a particular socket)
2809 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2810 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2811 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2812 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2813 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2814 * supported.
2815 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2816 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2817 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2818 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2819 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2820 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2821 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2822 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2823 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2824 * comparisons.
2825 */
2826 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2827 u64 reqid;
2828 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2829 int n_ssids;
2830 u32 n_channels;
2831 const u8 *ie;
2832 size_t ie_len;
2833 u32 flags;
2834 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2835 int n_match_sets;
2836 s32 min_rssi_thold;
2837 u32 delay;
2838 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2839 int n_scan_plans;
2840
2841 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2842 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2843
2844 bool relative_rssi_set;
2845 s8 relative_rssi;
2846 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2847
2848 /* internal */
2849 struct wiphy *wiphy;
2850 struct net_device *dev;
2851 unsigned long scan_start;
2852 bool report_results;
2853 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2854 u32 owner_nlportid;
2855 bool nl_owner_dead;
2856 struct list_head list;
2857
2858 /* keep last */
2859 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels);
2860 };
2861
2862 /**
2863 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2864 *
2865 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2866 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2867 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2868 */
2869 enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2870 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2871 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2872 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2873 };
2874
2875 /**
2876 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2877 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2878 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2879 * signal type
2880 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2881 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2882 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2883 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2884 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2885 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2886 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2887 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2888 * by %parent_bssid.
2889 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2890 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2891 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2892 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2893 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is
2894 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL.
2895 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see
2896 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for
2897 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect,
2898 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for
2899 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons
2900 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss
2901 */
2902 struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2903 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2904 s32 signal;
2905 u64 boottime_ns;
2906 u64 parent_tsf;
2907 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2908 u8 chains;
2909 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2910
2911 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7;
2912 u8 cannot_use_reasons;
2913
2914 void *drv_data;
2915 };
2916
2917 /**
2918 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2919 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2920 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2921 * @len: length of the IEs
2922 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2923 * @data: IE data
2924 */
2925 struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2926 u64 tsf;
2927 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2928 int len;
2929 bool from_beacon;
2930 u8 data[];
2931 };
2932
2933 /**
2934 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2935 *
2936 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2937 * for use in scan results and similar.
2938 *
2939 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2940 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2941 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2942 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2943 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2944 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2945 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2946 * received. It is always non-%NULL.
2947 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2948 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2949 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2950 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2951 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2952 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame,
2953 * cannot rely on it having valid data
2954 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2955 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2956 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2957 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2958 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2959 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2960 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2961 * (multi-BSSID support)
2962 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2963 * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot
2964 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2965 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2966 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2967 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2968 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see
2969 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for
2970 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect,
2971 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for
2972 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons
2973 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2974 */
2975 struct cfg80211_bss {
2976 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2977
2978 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2979 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2980 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2981
2982 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2983 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2984 struct list_head nontrans_list;
2985
2986 s32 signal;
2987
2988 u64 ts_boottime;
2989
2990 u16 beacon_interval;
2991 u16 capability;
2992
2993 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2994 u8 chains;
2995 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2996
2997 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1;
2998
2999 u8 bssid_index;
3000 u8 max_bssid_indicator;
3001
3002 u8 use_for;
3003 u8 cannot_use_reasons;
3004
3005 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
3006 };
3007
3008 /**
3009 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
3010 * @bss: the bss to search
3011 * @id: the element ID
3012 *
3013 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
3014 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
3015 * Return: %NULL if not found.
3016 */
3017 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
3018
3019 /**
3020 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
3021 * @bss: the bss to search
3022 * @id: the element ID
3023 *
3024 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
3025 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
3026 * Return: %NULL if not found.
3027 */
ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss * bss,u8 id)3028 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
3029 {
3030 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
3031 }
3032
3033
3034 /**
3035 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
3036 *
3037 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
3038 * authentication.
3039 *
3040 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
3041 * to it if it needs to keep it.
3042 * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be
3043 * supported by the station.
3044 * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL.
3045 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets.
3046 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
3047 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
3048 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
3049 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
3050 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
3051 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
3052 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
3053 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
3054 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
3055 * transaction sequence number field.
3056 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
3057 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD,
3058 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the
3059 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and
3060 * given an MLD address) by the driver
3061 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with
3062 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0
3063 */
3064 struct cfg80211_auth_request {
3065 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
3066 const u8 *ie;
3067 size_t ie_len;
3068 const u8 *supported_selectors;
3069 u8 supported_selectors_len;
3070 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
3071 const u8 *key;
3072 u8 key_len;
3073 s8 key_idx;
3074 const u8 *auth_data;
3075 size_t auth_data_len;
3076 s8 link_id;
3077 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
3078 };
3079
3080 /**
3081 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association
3082 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss;
3083 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested
3084 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link
3085 * @elems_len: length of the elements
3086 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it
3087 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD.
3088 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the
3089 * operation as a whole must fail.
3090 */
3091 struct cfg80211_assoc_link {
3092 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
3093 const u8 *elems;
3094 size_t elems_len;
3095 bool disabled;
3096 int error;
3097 };
3098
3099 /**
3100 * struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req - MLO link reconfiguration request
3101 * @add_links: data for links to add, see &struct cfg80211_assoc_link
3102 * @rem_links: bitmap of links to remove
3103 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by
3104 * userspace for the ML reconfiguration action frame
3105 */
3106 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req {
3107 struct cfg80211_assoc_link add_links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
3108 u16 rem_links;
3109 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops;
3110 };
3111
3112 /**
3113 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
3114 *
3115 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
3116 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
3117 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
3118 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
3119 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
3120 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
3121 * request (connect callback).
3122 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE
3123 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT
3124 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links.
3125 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this
3126 * flag is not set.
3127 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any)
3128 */
3129 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
3130 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
3131 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
3132 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2),
3133 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3),
3134 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4),
3135 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5),
3136 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6),
3137 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7),
3138 };
3139
3140 /**
3141 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
3142 *
3143 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
3144 * (re)association.
3145 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
3146 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
3147 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
3148 * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
3149 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead
3150 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations.
3151 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
3152 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
3153 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
3154 * @crypto: crypto settings
3155 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
3156 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
3157 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
3158 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
3159 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
3160 * frame.
3161 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
3162 * @supported_selectors: supported BSS selectors in IEEE 802.11 format
3163 * (or %NULL for no change).
3164 * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed.
3165 * @supported_selectors_len: number of supported BSS selectors
3166 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
3167 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
3168 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
3169 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
3170 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
3171 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
3172 * %NULL if FILS is not used.
3173 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
3174 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
3175 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
3176 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
3177 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override
3178 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask
3179 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections
3180 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates
3181 * the link on which the association request should be sent
3182 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request,
3183 * valid iff @link_id >= 0
3184 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by
3185 * userspace for the association
3186 */
3187 struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
3188 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
3189 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
3190 size_t ie_len;
3191 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
3192 bool use_mfp;
3193 u32 flags;
3194 const u8 *supported_selectors;
3195 u8 supported_selectors_len;
3196 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
3197 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
3198 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
3199 const u8 *fils_kek;
3200 size_t fils_kek_len;
3201 const u8 *fils_nonces;
3202 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask;
3203 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
3204 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
3205 s8 link_id;
3206 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops;
3207 };
3208
3209 /**
3210 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
3211 *
3212 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
3213 * deauthentication.
3214 *
3215 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from
3216 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
3217 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
3218 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
3219 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
3220 * do not set a deauth frame
3221 */
3222 struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
3223 const u8 *bssid;
3224 const u8 *ie;
3225 size_t ie_len;
3226 u16 reason_code;
3227 bool local_state_change;
3228 };
3229
3230 /**
3231 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
3232 *
3233 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
3234 * disassociation.
3235 *
3236 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from
3237 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
3238 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
3239 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
3240 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
3241 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
3242 */
3243 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
3244 const u8 *ap_addr;
3245 const u8 *ie;
3246 size_t ie_len;
3247 u16 reason_code;
3248 bool local_state_change;
3249 };
3250
3251 /**
3252 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
3253 *
3254 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
3255 * method.
3256 *
3257 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
3258 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
3259 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
3260 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
3261 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
3262 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
3263 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
3264 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
3265 * @ie_len: length of that
3266 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
3267 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
3268 * after joining
3269 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
3270 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
3271 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
3272 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
3273 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
3274 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
3275 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
3276 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
3277 * to operate on DFS channels.
3278 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
3279 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
3280 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
3281 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
3282 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
3283 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
3284 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
3285 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
3286 */
3287 struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
3288 const u8 *ssid;
3289 const u8 *bssid;
3290 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3291 const u8 *ie;
3292 u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
3293 u16 beacon_interval;
3294 u32 basic_rates;
3295 bool channel_fixed;
3296 bool privacy;
3297 bool control_port;
3298 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
3299 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
3300 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
3301 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
3302 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
3303 struct key_params *wep_keys;
3304 int wep_tx_key;
3305 };
3306
3307 /**
3308 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
3309 *
3310 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
3311 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
3312 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
3313 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
3314 */
3315 struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
3316 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
3317 union {
3318 enum nl80211_band band_pref;
3319 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
3320 } param;
3321 };
3322
3323 /**
3324 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
3325 *
3326 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
3327 * authentication and association.
3328 *
3329 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
3330 * on scan results)
3331 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
3332 * %NULL if not specified
3333 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
3334 * results)
3335 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
3336 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
3337 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
3338 * to use.
3339 * @ssid: SSID
3340 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
3341 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
3342 * @ie: IEs for association request
3343 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
3344 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
3345 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
3346 * @crypto: crypto settings
3347 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
3348 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
3349 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
3350 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
3351 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
3352 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
3353 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
3354 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
3355 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
3356 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
3357 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
3358 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
3359 * networks.
3360 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
3361 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
3362 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
3363 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
3364 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
3365 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
3366 * frame.
3367 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
3368 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
3369 * data IE.
3370 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
3371 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
3372 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
3373 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
3374 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
3375 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
3376 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
3377 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
3378 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
3379 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
3380 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
3381 * offload of 4-way handshake.
3382 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
3383 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
3384 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
3385 */
3386 struct cfg80211_connect_params {
3387 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
3388 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
3389 const u8 *bssid;
3390 const u8 *bssid_hint;
3391 const u8 *ssid;
3392 size_t ssid_len;
3393 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
3394 const u8 *ie;
3395 size_t ie_len;
3396 bool privacy;
3397 enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
3398 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
3399 const u8 *key;
3400 u8 key_len, key_idx;
3401 u32 flags;
3402 int bg_scan_period;
3403 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
3404 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
3405 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
3406 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
3407 bool pbss;
3408 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
3409 const u8 *prev_bssid;
3410 const u8 *fils_erp_username;
3411 size_t fils_erp_username_len;
3412 const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
3413 size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
3414 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
3415 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
3416 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
3417 bool want_1x;
3418 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
3419 };
3420
3421 /**
3422 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
3423 *
3424 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
3425 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
3426 *
3427 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
3428 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
3429 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
3430 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
3431 */
3432 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
3433 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0),
3434 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1),
3435 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2),
3436 };
3437
3438 /**
3439 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
3440 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
3441 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
3442 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
3443 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
3444 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
3445 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
3446 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
3447 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
3448 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
3449 */
3450 enum wiphy_params_flags {
3451 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0),
3452 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1),
3453 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2),
3454 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3),
3455 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4),
3456 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5),
3457 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6),
3458 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7),
3459 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8),
3460 };
3461
3462 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256
3463
3464 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
3465 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000
3466 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000
3467
3468 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
3469 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000
3470
3471 /**
3472 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
3473 *
3474 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
3475 * caching.
3476 *
3477 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
3478 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3479 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
3480 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
3481 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
3482 * the hash algorithm used to generate this.
3483 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
3484 * cache identifier (may be %NULL).
3485 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
3486 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
3487 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
3488 * %NULL).
3489 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
3490 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
3491 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
3492 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
3493 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
3494 * used for it expires.
3495 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
3496 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
3497 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
3498 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
3499 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
3500 */
3501 struct cfg80211_pmksa {
3502 const u8 *bssid;
3503 const u8 *pmkid;
3504 const u8 *pmk;
3505 size_t pmk_len;
3506 const u8 *ssid;
3507 size_t ssid_len;
3508 const u8 *cache_id;
3509 u32 pmk_lifetime;
3510 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
3511 };
3512
3513 /**
3514 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
3515 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
3516 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
3517 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
3518 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
3519 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
3520 *
3521 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
3522 * memory, free @mask only!
3523 */
3524 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
3525 const u8 *mask, *pattern;
3526 int pattern_len;
3527 int pkt_offset;
3528 };
3529
3530 /**
3531 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
3532 *
3533 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
3534 * @src: source IP address
3535 * @dst: destination IP address
3536 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
3537 * @src_port: source port
3538 * @dst_port: destination port
3539 * @payload_len: data payload length
3540 * @payload: data payload buffer
3541 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
3542 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
3543 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
3544 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
3545 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
3546 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
3547 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
3548 */
3549 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
3550 struct socket *sock;
3551 __be32 src, dst;
3552 u16 src_port, dst_port;
3553 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
3554 int payload_len;
3555 const u8 *payload;
3556 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
3557 u32 data_interval;
3558 u32 wake_len;
3559 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
3560 u32 tokens_size;
3561 /* must be last, variable member */
3562 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
3563 };
3564
3565 /**
3566 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
3567 *
3568 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
3569 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
3570 * operating as normal during suspend
3571 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
3572 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
3573 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
3574 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
3575 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
3576 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
3577 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
3578 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
3579 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
3580 * NULL if not configured.
3581 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
3582 */
3583 struct cfg80211_wowlan {
3584 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
3585 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
3586 rfkill_release;
3587 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
3588 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
3589 int n_patterns;
3590 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
3591 };
3592
3593 /**
3594 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
3595 *
3596 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
3597 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
3598 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
3599 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
3600 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
3601 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
3602 */
3603 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
3604 int delay;
3605 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
3606 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
3607 int n_patterns;
3608 };
3609
3610 /**
3611 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
3612 *
3613 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
3614 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
3615 * @n_rules: number of rules
3616 */
3617 struct cfg80211_coalesce {
3618 int n_rules;
3619 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules);
3620 };
3621
3622 /**
3623 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
3624 *
3625 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
3626 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
3627 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
3628 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
3629 * occurred (in MHz)
3630 */
3631 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
3632 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3633 int n_channels;
3634 u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels);
3635 };
3636
3637 /**
3638 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
3639 *
3640 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
3641 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
3642 * match information.
3643 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
3644 * the matches that triggered the wake up.
3645 */
3646 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
3647 int n_matches;
3648 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches);
3649 };
3650
3651 /**
3652 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
3653 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
3654 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
3655 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
3656 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
3657 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
3658 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
3659 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
3660 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
3661 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
3662 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
3663 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
3664 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
3665 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
3666 * it is.
3667 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
3668 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
3669 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
3670 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
3671 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or
3672 * disassoc frame (in MFP).
3673 */
3674 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
3675 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
3676 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
3677 rfkill_release, packet_80211,
3678 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens,
3679 unprot_deauth_disassoc;
3680 s32 pattern_idx;
3681 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
3682 const void *packet;
3683 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
3684 };
3685
3686 /**
3687 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
3688 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes)
3689 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes)
3690 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
3691 * @kek_len: length of kek
3692 * @kck_len: length of kck
3693 * @akm: akm (oui, id)
3694 */
3695 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
3696 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
3697 u32 akm;
3698 u8 kek_len, kck_len;
3699 };
3700
3701 /**
3702 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
3703 *
3704 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
3705 *
3706 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
3707 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
3708 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
3709 */
3710 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
3711 u16 md;
3712 const u8 *ie;
3713 size_t ie_len;
3714 };
3715
3716 /**
3717 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
3718 *
3719 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
3720 *
3721 * @chan: channel to use
3722 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required
3723 * @wait: duration for ROC
3724 * @buf: buffer to transmit
3725 * @len: buffer length
3726 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
3727 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
3728 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
3729 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
3730 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note
3731 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the
3732 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA)
3733 */
3734 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
3735 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
3736 bool offchan;
3737 unsigned int wait;
3738 const u8 *buf;
3739 size_t len;
3740 bool no_cck;
3741 bool dont_wait_for_ack;
3742 int n_csa_offsets;
3743 const u16 *csa_offsets;
3744 int link_id;
3745 };
3746
3747 /**
3748 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
3749 *
3750 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
3751 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
3752 */
3753 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
3754 u8 dscp;
3755 u8 up;
3756 };
3757
3758 /**
3759 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
3760 *
3761 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3762 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3763 */
3764 struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
3765 u8 low;
3766 u8 high;
3767 };
3768
3769 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
3770 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
3771 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
3772 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
3773 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
3774
3775 /**
3776 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
3777 *
3778 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
3779 *
3780 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
3781 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
3782 * the user priority DSCP range definition
3783 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
3784 */
3785 struct cfg80211_qos_map {
3786 u8 num_des;
3787 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
3788 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
3789 };
3790
3791 /**
3792 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
3793 *
3794 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
3795 *
3796 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
3797 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
3798 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3799 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3800 */
3801 struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
3802 u8 master_pref;
3803 u8 bands;
3804 };
3805
3806 /**
3807 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
3808 * configuration
3809 *
3810 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
3811 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
3812 */
3813 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
3814 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
3815 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
3816 };
3817
3818 /**
3819 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
3820 *
3821 * @filter: the content of the filter
3822 * @len: the length of the filter
3823 */
3824 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
3825 const u8 *filter;
3826 u8 len;
3827 };
3828
3829 /**
3830 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
3831 *
3832 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
3833 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
3834 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
3835 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
3836 * implementation specific.
3837 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
3838 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
3839 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
3840 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up
3841 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
3842 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
3843 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
3844 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
3845 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
3846 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
3847 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
3848 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
3849 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
3850 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
3851 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
3852 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
3853 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
3854 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
3855 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
3856 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
3857 */
3858 struct cfg80211_nan_func {
3859 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
3860 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
3861 u8 publish_type;
3862 bool close_range;
3863 bool publish_bcast;
3864 bool subscribe_active;
3865 u8 followup_id;
3866 u8 followup_reqid;
3867 struct mac_address followup_dest;
3868 u32 ttl;
3869 const u8 *serv_spec_info;
3870 u8 serv_spec_info_len;
3871 bool srf_include;
3872 const u8 *srf_bf;
3873 u8 srf_bf_len;
3874 u8 srf_bf_idx;
3875 struct mac_address *srf_macs;
3876 int srf_num_macs;
3877 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
3878 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
3879 u8 num_tx_filters;
3880 u8 num_rx_filters;
3881 u8 instance_id;
3882 u64 cookie;
3883 };
3884
3885 /**
3886 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3887 *
3888 * @aa: authenticator address
3889 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3890 * @pmk: the PMK material
3891 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3892 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3893 * holds PMK-R0.
3894 */
3895 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3896 const u8 *aa;
3897 u8 pmk_len;
3898 const u8 *pmk;
3899 const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3900 };
3901
3902 /**
3903 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3904 *
3905 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3906 *
3907 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3908 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3909 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3910 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3911 * authentication response command interface.
3912 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
3913 * authentication response command interface.
3914 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3915 * authentication request event interface.
3916 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3917 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3918 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3919 * response command interface (user space to driver).
3920 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3921 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event
3922 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication
3923 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT
3924 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space
3925 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload.
3926 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the
3927 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space
3928 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of
3929 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver
3930 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link
3931 * chosen for the authentication.
3932 */
3933 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3934 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3935 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3936 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3937 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3938 u16 status;
3939 const u8 *pmkid;
3940 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3941 };
3942
3943 /**
3944 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3945 *
3946 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3947 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3948 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3949 * answered
3950 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3951 * successfully answered
3952 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3953 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3954 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions
3955 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3956 * of how much time the responder was busy
3957 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3958 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3959 * the responder
3960 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3961 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3962 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3963 */
3964 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3965 u32 filled;
3966 u32 success_num;
3967 u32 partial_num;
3968 u32 failed_num;
3969 u32 asap_num;
3970 u32 non_asap_num;
3971 u64 total_duration_ms;
3972 u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3973 u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3974 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3975 };
3976
3977 /**
3978 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3979 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3980 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3981 * reason than just "failure"
3982 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3983 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3984 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3985 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3986 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3987 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3988 * by the responder
3989 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3990 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3991 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3992 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3993 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3994 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3995 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3996 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3997 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3998 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3999 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
4000 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
4001 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
4002 * the square root of the variance)
4003 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
4004 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
4005 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
4006 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
4007 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
4008 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
4009 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
4010 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
4011 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
4012 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
4013 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
4014 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
4015 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
4016 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
4017 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
4018 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
4019 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
4020 */
4021 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
4022 const u8 *lci;
4023 const u8 *civicloc;
4024 unsigned int lci_len;
4025 unsigned int civicloc_len;
4026 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
4027 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
4028 s16 burst_index;
4029 u8 busy_retry_time;
4030 u8 num_bursts_exp;
4031 u8 burst_duration;
4032 u8 ftms_per_burst;
4033 s32 rssi_avg;
4034 s32 rssi_spread;
4035 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
4036 s64 rtt_avg;
4037 s64 rtt_variance;
4038 s64 rtt_spread;
4039 s64 dist_avg;
4040 s64 dist_variance;
4041 s64 dist_spread;
4042
4043 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
4044 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
4045 rssi_avg_valid:1,
4046 rssi_spread_valid:1,
4047 tx_rate_valid:1,
4048 rx_rate_valid:1,
4049 rtt_avg_valid:1,
4050 rtt_variance_valid:1,
4051 rtt_spread_valid:1,
4052 dist_avg_valid:1,
4053 dist_variance_valid:1,
4054 dist_spread_valid:1;
4055 };
4056
4057 /**
4058 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
4059 * @addr: address of the peer
4060 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
4061 * measurement was made)
4062 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
4063 * @status: status of the measurement
4064 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
4065 * reporting partial results always set this flag
4066 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
4067 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
4068 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
4069 * they're all aggregated for userspace.
4070 * @ftm: FTM result
4071 */
4072 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
4073 u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
4074 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
4075
4076 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
4077
4078 u8 final:1,
4079 ap_tsf_valid:1;
4080
4081 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
4082
4083 union {
4084 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
4085 };
4086 };
4087
4088 /**
4089 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
4090 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
4091 * @preamble: frame preamble to use
4092 * @burst_period: burst period to use
4093 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
4094 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
4095 * @burst_duration: burst duration
4096 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
4097 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
4098 * @request_lci: request LCI information
4099 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
4100 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
4101 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
4102 * EDCA based ranging will be used.
4103 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
4104 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
4105 * EDCA based ranging will be used.
4106 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either
4107 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set.
4108 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to
4109 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if
4110 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set.
4111 *
4112 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
4113 */
4114 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
4115 enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
4116 u16 burst_period;
4117 u8 requested:1,
4118 asap:1,
4119 request_lci:1,
4120 request_civicloc:1,
4121 trigger_based:1,
4122 non_trigger_based:1,
4123 lmr_feedback:1;
4124 u8 num_bursts_exp;
4125 u8 burst_duration;
4126 u8 ftms_per_burst;
4127 u8 ftmr_retries;
4128 u8 bss_color;
4129 };
4130
4131 /**
4132 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
4133 * @addr: MAC address
4134 * @chandef: channel to use
4135 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
4136 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
4137 */
4138 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
4139 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
4140 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4141 u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
4142 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
4143 };
4144
4145 /**
4146 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
4147 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
4148 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
4149 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
4150 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
4151 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
4152 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
4153 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
4154 * be taken from the @mac_addr
4155 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
4156 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
4157 * zero it means there's no timeout
4158 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
4159 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
4160 */
4161 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
4162 u64 cookie;
4163 void *drv_data;
4164 u32 n_peers;
4165 u32 nl_portid;
4166
4167 u32 timeout;
4168
4169 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
4170 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
4171
4172 struct list_head list;
4173
4174 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers);
4175 };
4176
4177 /**
4178 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
4179 *
4180 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
4181 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
4182 *
4183 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
4184 *
4185 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
4186 * has to be done.
4187 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
4188 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
4189 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
4190 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
4191 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
4192 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
4193 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
4194 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
4195 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested
4196 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station
4197 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it
4198 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space).
4199 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO
4200 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when
4201 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only
4202 * with OWE update event (driver to user space).
4203 */
4204 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
4205 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
4206 u16 status;
4207 const u8 *ie;
4208 size_t ie_len;
4209 int assoc_link_id;
4210 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
4211 };
4212
4213 /**
4214 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data
4215 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
4216 * for the entire device
4217 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
4218 * for the given interface
4219 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes
4220 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface
4221 * for these subtypes
4222 */
4223 struct mgmt_frame_regs {
4224 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes;
4225 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes;
4226 };
4227
4228 /**
4229 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
4230 *
4231 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
4232 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
4233 *
4234 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
4235 * on success or a negative error code.
4236 *
4237 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be
4238 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied
4239 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering,
4240 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers.
4241 *
4242 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
4243 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
4244 * configured for the device.
4245 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
4246 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
4247 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
4248 * the device.
4249 *
4250 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
4251 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
4252 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
4253 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
4254 * also set the address member in the wdev.
4255 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
4256 *
4257 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
4258 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
4259 *
4260 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
4261 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
4262 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
4263 *
4264 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that
4265 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link
4266 * address is available.
4267 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface.
4268 *
4269 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
4270 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection.
4271 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for
4272 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
4273 *
4274 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
4275 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
4276 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
4277 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
4278 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
4279 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection,
4280 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr
4281 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
4282 *
4283 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
4284 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will
4285 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0
4286 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD
4287 * address for MLO pairwise key.
4288 *
4289 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0
4290 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
4291 *
4292 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface.
4293 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
4294 *
4295 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface.
4296 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
4297 *
4298 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
4299 *
4300 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
4301 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
4302 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
4303 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
4304 *
4305 * @add_station: Add a new station.
4306 * @del_station: Remove a station
4307 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
4308 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
4309 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
4310 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
4311 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
4312 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
4313 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
4314 *
4315 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
4316 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
4317 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
4318 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
4319 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
4320 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
4321 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
4322 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
4323 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4324 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
4325 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4326 *
4327 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
4328 *
4329 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
4330 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
4331 * set, and which to leave alone.
4332 *
4333 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
4334 *
4335 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data
4336 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called
4337 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock.
4338 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside
4339 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss.
4340 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed.
4341 *
4342 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
4343 *
4344 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
4345 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
4346 * join the mesh instead.
4347 *
4348 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
4349 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
4350 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
4351 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
4352 *
4353 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
4354 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
4355 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
4356 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
4357 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
4358 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
4359 *
4360 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
4361 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4362 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
4363 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4364 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
4365 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4366 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
4367 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4368 *
4369 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
4370 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
4371 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
4372 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
4373 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
4374 * was received.
4375 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
4376 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
4377 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
4378 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
4379 * frame instead of Association Request frame.
4380 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
4381 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
4382 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
4383 * indication of requesting reassociation.
4384 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
4385 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
4386 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4387 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
4388 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
4389 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
4390 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
4391 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
4392 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
4393 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
4394 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4395 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
4396 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
4397 * case connection was already established (invoked with the
4398 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
4399 *
4400 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
4401 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
4402 * to a merge.
4403 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4404 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
4405 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4406 *
4407 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
4408 * MESH mode)
4409 *
4410 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
4411 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
4412 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
4413 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
4414 *
4415 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
4416 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
4417 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
4418 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
4419 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
4420 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
4421 * return 0 if successful
4422 *
4423 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
4424 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
4425 *
4426 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
4427 *
4428 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
4429 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
4430 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
4431 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
4432 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
4433 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
4434 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
4435 * the duration value.
4436 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
4437 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
4438 * frame on another channel
4439 *
4440 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
4441 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
4442 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
4443 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
4444 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
4445 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
4446 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
4447 *
4448 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
4449 *
4450 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
4451 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
4452 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
4453 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
4454 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
4455 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
4456 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
4457 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
4458 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
4459 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
4460 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
4461 * disabled.)
4462 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
4463 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
4464 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
4465 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
4466 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
4467 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
4468 * thresholds.
4469 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
4470 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
4471 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
4472 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
4473 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
4474 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
4475 * stop (when this method returns 0).
4476 *
4477 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame
4478 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep.
4479 *
4480 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
4481 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
4482 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
4483 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
4484 *
4485 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
4486 *
4487 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
4488 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
4489 *
4490 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
4491 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
4492 *
4493 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
4494 *
4495 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
4496 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
4497 * current monitoring channel.
4498 *
4499 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
4500 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
4501 *
4502 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
4503 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
4504 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
4505 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
4506 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
4507 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
4508 *
4509 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
4510 *
4511 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
4512 * was finished on another phy.
4513 *
4514 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
4515 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
4516 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
4517 *
4518 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
4519 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
4520 * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
4521 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
4522 * reliability. This operation can not fail.
4523 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
4524 *
4525 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
4526 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
4527 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
4528 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
4529 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
4530 * as soon as possible.
4531 *
4532 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
4533 *
4534 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
4535 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
4536 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
4537 *
4538 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
4539 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
4540 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
4541 * account.
4542 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
4543 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
4544 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
4545 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
4546 * rejected)
4547 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
4548 *
4549 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
4550 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4551 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
4552 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4553 *
4554 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
4555 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
4556 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
4557 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
4558 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
4559 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
4560 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
4561 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
4562 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
4563 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
4564 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
4565 * cfg80211_free_nan_func().
4566 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
4567 * provided @nan_func.
4568 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
4569 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
4570 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
4571 * All other parameters must be ignored.
4572 *
4573 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
4574 *
4575 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
4576 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
4577 *
4578 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
4579 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
4580 * upon which the driver should clear it.
4581 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4582 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
4583 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
4584 *
4585 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
4586 * user space
4587 *
4588 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
4589 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
4590 *
4591 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
4592 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
4593 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
4594 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
4595 *
4596 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
4597 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
4598 * DH IE through this interface.
4599 *
4600 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
4601 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
4602 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
4603 * This callback may sleep.
4604 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
4605 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
4606 *
4607 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
4608 *
4609 * @color_change: Initiate a color change.
4610 *
4611 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use
4612 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association
4613 * Response frame.
4614 *
4615 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for
4616 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit
4617 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
4618 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
4619 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
4620 * radar channel.
4621 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to
4622 * disable background CAC/radar detection.
4623 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station.
4624 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station.
4625 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station.
4626 *
4627 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames.
4628 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping.
4629 * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode.
4630 * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use.
4631 * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held)
4632 * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML
4633 * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the
4634 * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added
4635 * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed
4636 * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must
4637 * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added
4638 * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling
4639 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each
4640 * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested.
4641 */
4642 struct cfg80211_ops {
4643 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
4644 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4645 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
4646
4647 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4648 const char *name,
4649 unsigned char name_assign_type,
4650 enum nl80211_iftype type,
4651 struct vif_params *params);
4652 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4653 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4654 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4655 struct net_device *dev,
4656 enum nl80211_iftype type,
4657 struct vif_params *params);
4658
4659 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4660 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4661 unsigned int link_id);
4662 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4663 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4664 unsigned int link_id);
4665
4666 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4667 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
4668 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params);
4669 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4670 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
4671 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie,
4672 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
4673 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4674 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
4675 const u8 *mac_addr);
4676 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4677 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
4678 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
4679 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4680 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
4681 u8 key_index);
4682 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4683 struct net_device *netdev,
4684 int link_id,
4685 u8 key_index);
4686
4687 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4688 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
4689 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4690 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info);
4691 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4692 unsigned int link_id);
4693
4694
4695 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4696 const u8 *mac,
4697 struct station_parameters *params);
4698 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4699 struct station_del_parameters *params);
4700 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4701 const u8 *mac,
4702 struct station_parameters *params);
4703 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4704 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
4705 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4706 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
4707
4708 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4709 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
4710 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4711 const u8 *dst);
4712 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4713 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
4714 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4715 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4716 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4717 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
4718 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4719 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4720 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4721 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4722 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
4723 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4724 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4725 struct net_device *dev,
4726 struct mesh_config *conf);
4727 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4728 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
4729 const struct mesh_config *nconf);
4730 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4731 const struct mesh_config *conf,
4732 const struct mesh_setup *setup);
4733 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4734
4735 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4736 struct ocb_setup *setup);
4737 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4738
4739 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4740 struct bss_parameters *params);
4741
4742 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
4743 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data);
4744
4745 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4746 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
4747
4748 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4749 struct net_device *dev,
4750 struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
4751
4752 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4753 struct net_device *dev,
4754 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4755
4756 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4757 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
4758 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4759
4760 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4761 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
4762 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4763 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
4764 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4765 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
4766 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4767 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
4768
4769 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4770 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
4771 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4772 struct net_device *dev,
4773 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
4774 u32 changed);
4775 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4776 u16 reason_code);
4777
4778 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4779 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
4780 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4781
4782 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4783 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
4784
4785 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
4786
4787 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4788 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
4789 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4790 unsigned int link_id, int *dbm);
4791
4792 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4793
4794 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
4795 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4796 void *data, int len);
4797 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
4798 struct netlink_callback *cb,
4799 void *data, int len);
4800 #endif
4801
4802 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4803 struct net_device *dev,
4804 unsigned int link_id,
4805 const u8 *peer,
4806 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
4807
4808 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4809 int idx, struct survey_info *info);
4810
4811 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4812 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
4813 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4814 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
4815 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
4816
4817 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4818 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4819 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
4820 unsigned int duration,
4821 u64 *cookie);
4822 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4823 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4824 u64 cookie);
4825
4826 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4827 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
4828 u64 *cookie);
4829 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4830 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4831 u64 cookie);
4832
4833 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4834 bool enabled, int timeout);
4835
4836 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4837 struct net_device *dev,
4838 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
4839
4840 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4841 struct net_device *dev,
4842 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
4843
4844 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4845 struct net_device *dev,
4846 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
4847
4848 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4849 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4850 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd);
4851
4852 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
4853 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
4854
4855 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4856 struct net_device *dev,
4857 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
4858 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4859 u64 reqid);
4860
4861 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4862 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
4863
4864 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4865 const u8 *peer, int link_id,
4866 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code,
4867 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator,
4868 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4869 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4870 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
4871
4872 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4873 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
4874
4875 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4876 struct net_device *dev,
4877 u16 noack_map);
4878
4879 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4880 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4881 unsigned int link_id,
4882 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4883
4884 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4885 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4886 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4887 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4888
4889 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4890 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
4891
4892 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4893 struct net_device *dev,
4894 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4895 u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id);
4896 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4897 struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id);
4898 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4899 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
4900 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4901 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4902 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
4903 u16 duration);
4904 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4905 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4906 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4907 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
4908
4909 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4910 struct net_device *dev,
4911 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
4912
4913 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4914 struct net_device *dev,
4915 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
4916
4917 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4918 unsigned int link_id,
4919 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4920
4921 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4922 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
4923 u16 admitted_time);
4924 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4925 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
4926
4927 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4928 struct net_device *dev,
4929 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
4930 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4931 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4932 struct net_device *dev,
4933 const u8 *addr);
4934 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4935 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4936 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4937 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4938 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4939 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4940 u64 cookie);
4941 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4942 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4943 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
4944 u32 changes);
4945
4946 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4947 struct net_device *dev,
4948 const bool enabled);
4949
4950 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4951 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4952 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
4953
4954 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4955 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
4956 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4957 const u8 *aa);
4958 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4959 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
4960
4961 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4962 struct net_device *dev,
4963 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
4964 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
4965 const bool noencrypt, int link_id,
4966 u64 *cookie);
4967
4968 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4969 struct net_device *dev,
4970 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
4971
4972 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4973 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4974 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4975 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4976 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4977 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
4978 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4979 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4980 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4981 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4982 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4983 const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
4984 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4985 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar);
4986 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4987 struct net_device *dev,
4988 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params);
4989 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4990 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad);
4991 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4992 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4993 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4994 struct link_station_parameters *params);
4995 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4996 struct link_station_parameters *params);
4997 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4998 struct link_station_del_parameters *params);
4999 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
5000 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts);
5001 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
5002 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params);
5003 u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
5004 int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
5005 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req *req);
5006 int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
5007 bool val);
5008 };
5009
5010 /*
5011 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
5012 * and registration/helper functions
5013 */
5014
5015 /**
5016 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
5017 *
5018 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split
5019 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz.
5020 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
5021 * wiphy at all
5022 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
5023 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
5024 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
5025 * reason to override the default
5026 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
5027 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
5028 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
5029 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
5030 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
5031 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
5032 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
5033 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
5034 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
5035 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
5036 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
5037 * firmware.
5038 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
5039 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
5040 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
5041 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
5042 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
5043 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
5044 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
5045 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
5046 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
5047 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
5048 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
5049 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
5050 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
5051 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
5052 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
5053 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
5054 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
5055 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
5056 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys
5057 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs,
5058 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have
5059 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver
5060 * should set this flag for now.
5061 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys.
5062 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for
5063 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER.
5064 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver
5065 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints.
5066 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link
5067 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD.
5068 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device
5069 */
5070 enum wiphy_flags {
5071 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0),
5072 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1),
5073 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2),
5074 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
5075 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
5076 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
5077 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
5078 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
5079 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
5080 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9),
5081 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
5082 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11),
5083 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12),
5084 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
5085 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
5086 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
5087 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
5088 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
5089 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
5090 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
5091 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
5092 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
5093 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
5094 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
5095 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24),
5096 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25),
5097 };
5098
5099 /**
5100 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
5101 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
5102 * @types: interface types (bits)
5103 */
5104 struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
5105 u16 max;
5106 u16 types;
5107 };
5108
5109 /**
5110 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
5111 *
5112 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
5113 * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio,
5114 * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on
5115 * that radio.
5116 *
5117 * Examples:
5118 *
5119 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
5120 *
5121 * .. code-block:: c
5122 *
5123 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
5124 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
5125 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), },
5126 * };
5127 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
5128 * .limits = limits1,
5129 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
5130 * .max_interfaces = 2,
5131 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
5132 * };
5133 *
5134 *
5135 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
5136 *
5137 * .. code-block:: c
5138 *
5139 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
5140 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
5141 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
5142 * };
5143 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
5144 * .limits = limits2,
5145 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
5146 * .max_interfaces = 8,
5147 * .num_different_channels = 1,
5148 * };
5149 *
5150 *
5151 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
5152 *
5153 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
5154 *
5155 * .. code-block:: c
5156 *
5157 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
5158 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
5159 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
5160 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
5161 * };
5162 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
5163 * .limits = limits3,
5164 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
5165 * .max_interfaces = 4,
5166 * .num_different_channels = 2,
5167 * };
5168 *
5169 */
5170 struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
5171 /**
5172 * @limits:
5173 * limits for the given interface types
5174 */
5175 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
5176
5177 /**
5178 * @num_different_channels:
5179 * can use up to this many different channels
5180 */
5181 u32 num_different_channels;
5182
5183 /**
5184 * @max_interfaces:
5185 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
5186 */
5187 u16 max_interfaces;
5188
5189 /**
5190 * @n_limits:
5191 * number of limitations
5192 */
5193 u8 n_limits;
5194
5195 /**
5196 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
5197 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
5198 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
5199 */
5200 bool beacon_int_infra_match;
5201
5202 /**
5203 * @radar_detect_widths:
5204 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
5205 */
5206 u8 radar_detect_widths;
5207
5208 /**
5209 * @radar_detect_regions:
5210 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
5211 */
5212 u8 radar_detect_regions;
5213
5214 /**
5215 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
5216 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
5217 *
5218 * = 0
5219 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
5220 * > 0
5221 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
5222 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
5223 * combination must be greater or equal to this value.
5224 */
5225 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
5226 };
5227
5228 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
5229 u16 tx, rx;
5230 };
5231
5232 /**
5233 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
5234 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
5235 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
5236 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
5237 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
5238 * packet should be preserved in that case
5239 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
5240 * (see nl80211.h)
5241 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
5242 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
5243 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
5244 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
5245 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
5246 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
5247 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
5248 */
5249 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
5250 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
5251 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
5252 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
5253 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
5254 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
5255 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
5256 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
5257 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
5258 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8),
5259 };
5260
5261 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
5262 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
5263 u32 data_payload_max;
5264 u32 data_interval_max;
5265 u32 wake_payload_max;
5266 bool seq;
5267 };
5268
5269 /**
5270 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
5271 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
5272 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
5273 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
5274 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
5275 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
5276 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5277 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
5278 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
5279 * scheduled scans.
5280 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
5281 * details.
5282 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
5283 */
5284 struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
5285 u32 flags;
5286 int n_patterns;
5287 int pattern_max_len;
5288 int pattern_min_len;
5289 int max_pkt_offset;
5290 int max_nd_match_sets;
5291 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
5292 };
5293
5294 /**
5295 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
5296 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
5297 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5298 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
5299 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
5300 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
5301 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
5302 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5303 */
5304 struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
5305 int n_rules;
5306 int max_delay;
5307 int n_patterns;
5308 int pattern_max_len;
5309 int pattern_min_len;
5310 int max_pkt_offset;
5311 };
5312
5313 /**
5314 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
5315 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
5316 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
5317 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
5318 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
5319 */
5320 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
5321 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
5322 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
5323 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
5324 };
5325
5326 /**
5327 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
5328 *
5329 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
5330 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
5331 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
5332 *
5333 */
5334 enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
5335 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
5336 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1),
5337 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2),
5338 };
5339
5340 /**
5341 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
5342 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
5343 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
5344 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
5345 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
5346 */
5347
5348 struct sta_opmode_info {
5349 u32 changed;
5350 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
5351 enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
5352 u8 rx_nss;
5353 };
5354
5355 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
5356
5357 /**
5358 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
5359 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
5360 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
5361 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
5362 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
5363 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
5364 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
5365 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
5366 * dumpit calls.
5367 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
5368 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
5369 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
5370 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
5371 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
5372 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
5373 * are used with dump requests.
5374 */
5375 struct wiphy_vendor_command {
5376 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
5377 u32 flags;
5378 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5379 const void *data, int data_len);
5380 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5381 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
5382 unsigned long *storage);
5383 const struct nla_policy *policy;
5384 unsigned int maxattr;
5385 };
5386
5387 /**
5388 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
5389 * @iftype: interface type
5390 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
5391 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
5392 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
5393 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
5394 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
5395 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
5396 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
5397 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO)
5398 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO)
5399 */
5400 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
5401 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
5402 const u8 *extended_capabilities;
5403 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
5404 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
5405 u16 eml_capabilities;
5406 u16 mld_capa_and_ops;
5407 };
5408
5409 /**
5410 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability
5411 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from
5412 * @type: the interface type to look up
5413 *
5414 * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL
5415 */
5416 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *
5417 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type);
5418
5419 /**
5420 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
5421 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
5422 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
5423 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
5424 * @ftm: FTM measurement data
5425 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
5426 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
5427 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
5428 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
5429 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
5430 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
5431 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
5432 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
5433 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
5434 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
5435 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
5436 * not limited)
5437 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
5438 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
5439 */
5440 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
5441 unsigned int max_peers;
5442 u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
5443 randomize_mac_addr:1;
5444
5445 struct {
5446 u32 preambles;
5447 u32 bandwidths;
5448 s8 max_bursts_exponent;
5449 u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
5450 u8 supported:1,
5451 asap:1,
5452 non_asap:1,
5453 request_lci:1,
5454 request_civicloc:1,
5455 trigger_based:1,
5456 non_trigger_based:1;
5457 } ftm;
5458 };
5459
5460 /**
5461 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
5462 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
5463 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
5464 *
5465 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
5466 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
5467 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
5468 */
5469 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
5470 u16 iftypes_mask;
5471 const u32 *akm_suites;
5472 int n_akm_suites;
5473 };
5474
5475 /**
5476 * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range
5477 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz)
5478 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz)
5479 */
5480 struct wiphy_radio_freq_range {
5481 u32 start_freq;
5482 u32 end_freq;
5483 };
5484
5485
5486 /**
5487 * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy
5488 * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy.
5489 * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel
5490 * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio.
5491 *
5492 * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on.
5493 * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range
5494 *
5495 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
5496 * list single interface types.
5497 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
5498 *
5499 * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio.
5500 */
5501 struct wiphy_radio {
5502 const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range;
5503 int n_freq_range;
5504
5505 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
5506 int n_iface_combinations;
5507
5508 u32 antenna_mask;
5509 };
5510
5511 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff
5512
5513 /**
5514 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
5515 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device
5516 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
5517 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
5518 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
5519 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
5520 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
5521 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
5522 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
5523 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
5524 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
5525 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
5526 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
5527 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
5528 * iftype_akm_suites.
5529 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
5530 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
5531 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
5532 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
5533 * instances of iftype_akm_suites).
5534 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
5535 * suites are specified separately.
5536 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
5537 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
5538 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
5539 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
5540 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
5541 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
5542 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
5543 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
5544 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
5545 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
5546 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
5547 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
5548 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
5549 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
5550 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
5551 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
5552 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
5553 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
5554 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
5555 * unregister hardware
5556 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
5557 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
5558 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
5559 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
5560 * (see below).
5561 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
5562 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
5563 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
5564 * must be set by driver
5565 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
5566 * list single interface types.
5567 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
5568 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
5569 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
5570 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
5571 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
5572 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
5573 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
5574 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
5575 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
5576 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
5577 * this variable determines its size
5578 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
5579 * any given scan
5580 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
5581 * the device can run concurrently.
5582 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
5583 * for in any given scheduled scan
5584 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
5585 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
5586 * supported.
5587 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
5588 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
5589 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
5590 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
5591 * scans
5592 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
5593 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
5594 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
5595 * single scan plan supported by the device.
5596 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
5597 * scan plan supported by the device.
5598 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
5599 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
5600 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
5601 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
5602 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
5603 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
5604 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
5605 *
5606 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
5607 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
5608 * type
5609 *
5610 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
5611 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
5612 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
5613 *
5614 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
5615 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
5616 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
5617 *
5618 * @probe_resp_offload:
5619 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
5620 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
5621 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
5622 *
5623 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
5624 * may request, if implemented.
5625 *
5626 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
5627 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
5628 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
5629 * to the suspend() operation instead.
5630 *
5631 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
5632 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
5633 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
5634 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
5635 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
5636 *
5637 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
5638 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
5639 *
5640 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
5641 * supports for ACL.
5642 *
5643 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
5644 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
5645 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
5646 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
5647 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
5648 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
5649 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
5650 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
5651 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
5652 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
5653 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
5654 * capabilities are specified separately.
5655 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
5656 *
5657 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
5658 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
5659 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
5660 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
5661 *
5662 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
5663 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
5664 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
5665 * some cases, but may not always reach.
5666 *
5667 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
5668 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
5669 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
5670 * infinite.
5671 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
5672 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
5673 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
5674 *
5675 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
5676 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
5677 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
5678 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
5679 *
5680 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
5681 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
5682 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
5683 *
5684 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
5685 * wake_tx_queue
5686 *
5687 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
5688 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
5689 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
5690 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
5691 *
5692 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
5693 *
5694 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
5695 * device has
5696 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
5697 * supported by the driver for each vif
5698 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
5699 * supported by the driver for each peer
5700 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
5701 * long/short retry configuration
5702 *
5703 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
5704 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
5705 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
5706 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities
5707 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure
5708 *
5709 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver
5710 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value
5711 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support.
5712 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by
5713 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the
5714 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP).
5715 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for
5716 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
5717 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by
5718 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is
5719 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with
5720 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is
5721 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES.
5722 *
5723 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports
5724 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a
5725 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping.
5726 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver
5727 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to
5728 * specify a mac address).
5729 *
5730 * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy
5731 * @n_radio: number of radios
5732 */
5733 struct wiphy {
5734 struct mutex mtx;
5735
5736 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
5737
5738 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
5739 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
5740
5741 struct mac_address *addresses;
5742
5743 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
5744
5745 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
5746 int n_iface_combinations;
5747 u16 software_iftypes;
5748
5749 u16 n_addresses;
5750
5751 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
5752 u16 interface_modes;
5753
5754 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
5755
5756 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
5757 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
5758
5759 u32 ap_sme_capa;
5760
5761 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
5762
5763 int bss_priv_size;
5764 u8 max_scan_ssids;
5765 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
5766 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
5767 u8 max_match_sets;
5768 u16 max_scan_ie_len;
5769 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
5770 u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
5771 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
5772 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
5773
5774 int n_cipher_suites;
5775 const u32 *cipher_suites;
5776
5777 int n_akm_suites;
5778 const u32 *akm_suites;
5779
5780 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
5781 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
5782
5783 u8 retry_short;
5784 u8 retry_long;
5785 u32 frag_threshold;
5786 u32 rts_threshold;
5787 u8 coverage_class;
5788
5789 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
5790 u32 hw_version;
5791
5792 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
5793 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
5794 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
5795 #endif
5796
5797 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
5798
5799 u8 max_num_pmkids;
5800
5801 u32 available_antennas_tx;
5802 u32 available_antennas_rx;
5803
5804 u32 probe_resp_offload;
5805
5806 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
5807 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
5808
5809 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
5810 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
5811
5812 const void *privid;
5813
5814 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
5815
5816 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5817 struct regulatory_request *request);
5818
5819 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
5820
5821 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
5822
5823 struct device dev;
5824
5825 bool registered;
5826
5827 struct dentry *debugfsdir;
5828
5829 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
5830 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
5831
5832 struct list_head wdev_list;
5833
5834 possible_net_t _net;
5835
5836 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5837 const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
5838 #endif
5839
5840 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
5841
5842 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
5843 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
5844 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
5845
5846 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
5847
5848 u8 max_num_csa_counters;
5849
5850 u32 bss_select_support;
5851
5852 u8 nan_supported_bands;
5853
5854 u32 txq_limit;
5855 u32 txq_memory_limit;
5856 u32 txq_quantum;
5857
5858 unsigned long tx_queue_len;
5859
5860 u8 support_mbssid:1,
5861 support_only_he_mbssid:1;
5862
5863 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
5864
5865 struct {
5866 u64 peer, vif;
5867 u8 max_retry;
5868 } tid_config_support;
5869
5870 u8 max_data_retry_count;
5871
5872 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa;
5873
5874 struct rfkill *rfkill;
5875
5876 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces;
5877 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity;
5878 u16 max_num_akm_suites;
5879
5880 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers;
5881
5882 int n_radio;
5883 const struct wiphy_radio *radio;
5884
5885 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
5886 };
5887
wiphy_net(struct wiphy * wiphy)5888 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5889 {
5890 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
5891 }
5892
wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct net * net)5893 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
5894 {
5895 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
5896 }
5897
5898 /**
5899 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
5900 *
5901 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
5902 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
5903 */
wiphy_priv(struct wiphy * wiphy)5904 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5905 {
5906 BUG_ON(!wiphy);
5907 return &wiphy->priv;
5908 }
5909
5910 /**
5911 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
5912 *
5913 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
5914 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
5915 */
priv_to_wiphy(void * priv)5916 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
5917 {
5918 BUG_ON(!priv);
5919 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
5920 }
5921
5922 /**
5923 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
5924 *
5925 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
5926 * @dev: The device to parent it to
5927 */
set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct device * dev)5928 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
5929 {
5930 wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
5931 }
5932
5933 /**
5934 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
5935 *
5936 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
5937 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
5938 */
wiphy_dev(struct wiphy * wiphy)5939 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5940 {
5941 return wiphy->dev.parent;
5942 }
5943
5944 /**
5945 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
5946 *
5947 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
5948 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
5949 */
wiphy_name(const struct wiphy * wiphy)5950 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
5951 {
5952 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
5953 }
5954
5955 /**
5956 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5957 *
5958 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5959 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5960 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
5961 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
5962 *
5963 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5964 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5965 *
5966 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5967 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5968 */
5969 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
5970 const char *requested_name);
5971
5972 /**
5973 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5974 *
5975 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5976 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5977 *
5978 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5979 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5980 *
5981 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5982 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5983 */
wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops * ops,int sizeof_priv)5984 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
5985 int sizeof_priv)
5986 {
5987 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
5988 }
5989
5990 /**
5991 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
5992 *
5993 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
5994 *
5995 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
5996 */
5997 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5998
5999 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */
6000 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx)
6001
6002 /**
6003 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking
6004 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
6005 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
6006 *
6007 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock()
6008 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference().
6009 */
6010 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \
6011 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
6012
6013 /**
6014 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx
6015 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
6016 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
6017 *
6018 * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the
6019 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates.
6020 */
6021 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \
6022 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
6023
6024 /**
6025 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy
6026 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from
6027 *
6028 * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection.
6029 *
6030 * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy
6031 */
6032 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6033
6034 /**
6035 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
6036 *
6037 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
6038 *
6039 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
6040 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
6041 * request that is being handled.
6042 */
6043 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6044
6045 /**
6046 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
6047 *
6048 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
6049 */
6050 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6051
6052 /* internal structs */
6053 struct cfg80211_conn;
6054 struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
6055 struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
6056 struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
6057
6058 /**
6059 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy
6060 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock
6061 *
6062 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that
6063 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking
6064 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot
6065 * differentiate which way it's called.
6066 *
6067 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes.
6068 *
6069 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked.
6070 *
6071 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued
6072 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running.
6073 */
wiphy_lock(struct wiphy * wiphy)6074 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
6075 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx)
6076 {
6077 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx);
6078 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx);
6079 }
6080
6081 /**
6082 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again
6083 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock
6084 */
wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy * wiphy)6085 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
6086 __releases(&wiphy->mtx)
6087 {
6088 __release(&wiphy->mtx);
6089 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx);
6090 }
6091
6092 DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *,
6093 mutex_lock(&_T->mtx),
6094 mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx))
6095
6096 struct wiphy_work;
6097 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *);
6098
6099 struct wiphy_work {
6100 struct list_head entry;
6101 wiphy_work_func_t func;
6102 };
6103
wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work * work,wiphy_work_func_t func)6104 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work,
6105 wiphy_work_func_t func)
6106 {
6107 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry);
6108 work->func = func;
6109 }
6110
6111 /**
6112 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy
6113 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
6114 * @work: the work item
6115 *
6116 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
6117 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
6118 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
6119 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
6120 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
6121 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
6122 */
6123 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
6124
6125 /**
6126 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work
6127 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
6128 * @work: the work to cancel
6129 *
6130 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
6131 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
6132 */
6133 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
6134
6135 /**
6136 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work
6137 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
6138 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work
6139 *
6140 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called
6141 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
6142 */
6143 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
6144
6145 struct wiphy_delayed_work {
6146 struct wiphy_work work;
6147 struct wiphy *wiphy;
6148 struct timer_list timer;
6149 };
6150
6151 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t);
6152
wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work * dwork,wiphy_work_func_t func)6153 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
6154 wiphy_work_func_t func)
6155 {
6156 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0);
6157 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func);
6158 }
6159
6160 /**
6161 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy
6162 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
6163 * @dwork: the delayable worker
6164 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
6165 *
6166 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
6167 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
6168 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
6169 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
6170 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
6171 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
6172 */
6173 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6174 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
6175 unsigned long delay);
6176
6177 /**
6178 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work
6179 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
6180 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel
6181 *
6182 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
6183 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
6184 */
6185 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6186 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
6187
6188 /**
6189 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work
6190 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
6191 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush
6192 *
6193 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called
6194 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
6195 */
6196 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6197 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
6198
6199 /**
6200 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable
6201 * work item is currently pending.
6202 *
6203 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
6204 * @dwork: the delayed work in question
6205 *
6206 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise
6207 *
6208 * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which
6209 * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work.
6210 * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is
6211 * called twice and the second call happens before the first call
6212 * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and
6213 * won't run before that.
6214 *
6215 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling
6216 * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule
6217 * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to
6218 * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it
6219 * is currently executing.
6220 *
6221 * CPU0 CPU1
6222 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk)
6223 * mod_timer(wk->timer)
6224 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true
6225 *
6226 * [...]
6227 * expire_timers(wk->timer)
6228 * detach_timer(wk->timer)
6229 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false
6230 * wk->timer->function() |
6231 * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending
6232 * list_add_tail() | returns false but
6233 * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not
6234 * | been run yet
6235 * [...] |
6236 * cfg80211_wiphy_work() |
6237 * wk->func() V
6238 *
6239 */
6240 bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6241 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
6242
6243 /**
6244 * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point
6245 *
6246 * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode
6247 * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point
6248 * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point
6249 * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point
6250 */
6251 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power {
6252 IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP,
6253 IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP,
6254 IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP,
6255 IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP,
6256 };
6257
6258 /**
6259 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
6260 *
6261 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
6262 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
6263 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
6264 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
6265 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device,
6266 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or
6267 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops
6268 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.)
6269 *
6270 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
6271 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
6272 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
6273 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
6274 *
6275 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
6276 * @iftype: interface type
6277 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211
6278 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock
6279 * for the notifier
6280 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
6281 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
6282 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
6283 * wireless device if it has no netdev
6284 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype
6285 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode)
6286 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
6287 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
6288 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
6289 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
6290 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
6291 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
6292 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
6293 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
6294 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
6295 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
6296 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
6297 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
6298 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
6299 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
6300 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
6301 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
6302 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
6303 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated,
6304 * need to propagate the update to the driver
6305 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
6306 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
6307 * the P2P Device.
6308 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
6309 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
6310 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
6311 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
6312 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
6313 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
6314 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
6315 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
6316 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
6317 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
6318 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
6319 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
6320 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
6321 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
6322 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work
6323 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
6324 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
6325 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
6326 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
6327 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last
6328 * unprotected beacon report
6329 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr
6330 * @ap and @client for each link
6331 * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been
6332 * started
6333 * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was
6334 * entered.
6335 * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
6336 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid
6337 * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on.
6338 */
6339 struct wireless_dev {
6340 struct wiphy *wiphy;
6341 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
6342
6343 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
6344 struct list_head list;
6345 struct net_device *netdev;
6346
6347 u32 identifier;
6348
6349 struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
6350 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1;
6351
6352 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering;
6353
6354 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
6355
6356 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
6357 struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
6358 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
6359 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
6360 u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
6361
6362 struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
6363 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
6364
6365 struct list_head event_list;
6366 spinlock_t event_lock;
6367
6368 u8 connected:1;
6369
6370 bool ps;
6371 int ps_timeout;
6372
6373 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
6374
6375 u32 owner_nlportid;
6376 bool nl_owner_dead;
6377
6378 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
6379 /* wext data */
6380 struct {
6381 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
6382 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
6383 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
6384 const u8 *ie;
6385 size_t ie_len;
6386 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
6387 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
6388 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
6389 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
6390 bool prev_bssid_valid;
6391 } wext;
6392 #endif
6393
6394 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work;
6395 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config;
6396
6397 struct list_head pmsr_list;
6398 spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
6399 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
6400
6401 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported;
6402
6403 union {
6404 struct {
6405 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
6406 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
6407 u8 ssid_len;
6408 } client;
6409 struct {
6410 int beacon_interval;
6411 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
6412 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
6413 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN];
6414 u8 id_len, id_up_len;
6415 } mesh;
6416 struct {
6417 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
6418 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
6419 u8 ssid_len;
6420 } ap;
6421 struct {
6422 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
6423 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
6424 int beacon_interval;
6425 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
6426 u8 ssid_len;
6427 } ibss;
6428 struct {
6429 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
6430 } ocb;
6431 } u;
6432
6433 struct {
6434 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
6435 union {
6436 struct {
6437 unsigned int beacon_interval;
6438 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
6439 } ap;
6440 struct {
6441 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
6442 } client;
6443 };
6444
6445 bool cac_started;
6446 unsigned long cac_start_time;
6447 unsigned int cac_time_ms;
6448 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
6449 u16 valid_links;
6450
6451 u32 radio_mask;
6452 };
6453
wdev_address(struct wireless_dev * wdev)6454 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
6455 {
6456 if (wdev->netdev)
6457 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
6458 return wdev->address;
6459 }
6460
wdev_running(struct wireless_dev * wdev)6461 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
6462 {
6463 if (wdev->netdev)
6464 return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
6465 return wdev->is_running;
6466 }
6467
6468 /**
6469 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
6470 *
6471 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
6472 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
6473 */
wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev * wdev)6474 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
6475 {
6476 BUG_ON(!wdev);
6477 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
6478 }
6479
6480 /**
6481 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev
6482 * @wdev: the wdev
6483 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO
6484 *
6485 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL.
6486 */
6487 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6488 unsigned int link_id);
6489
WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev * wdev,unsigned int link_id)6490 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6491 unsigned int link_id)
6492 {
6493 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links);
6494 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links &&
6495 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id)));
6496 }
6497
6498 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \
6499 for (link_id = 0; \
6500 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \
6501 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \
6502 link_id++) \
6503 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \
6504 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id)))
6505
6506 /**
6507 * DOC: Utility functions
6508 *
6509 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
6510 */
6511
6512 /**
6513 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
6514 *
6515 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
6516 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
6517 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
6518 */
6519 static inline bool
ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel * a,struct ieee80211_channel * b)6520 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a,
6521 struct ieee80211_channel *b)
6522 {
6523 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq &&
6524 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset);
6525 }
6526
6527 /**
6528 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
6529 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
6530 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
6531 */
6532 static inline u32
ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel * chan)6533 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
6534 {
6535 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset;
6536 }
6537
6538 /**
6539 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan
6540 *
6541 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ
6542 * @chan: channel
6543 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq
6544 */
6545 enum nl80211_chan_width
6546 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
6547
6548 /**
6549 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
6550 * @chan: channel number
6551 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
6552 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
6553 */
6554 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
6555
6556 /**
6557 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
6558 * @chan: channel number
6559 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
6560 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
6561 */
6562 static inline int
ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan,enum nl80211_band band)6563 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band)
6564 {
6565 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band));
6566 }
6567
6568 /**
6569 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
6570 * @freq: center frequency in KHz
6571 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
6572 */
6573 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq);
6574
6575 /**
6576 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
6577 * @freq: center frequency in MHz
6578 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
6579 */
6580 static inline int
ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)6581 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)
6582 {
6583 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
6584 }
6585
6586 /**
6587 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
6588 * frequency
6589 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
6590 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
6591 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
6592 */
6593 struct ieee80211_channel *
6594 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq);
6595
6596 /**
6597 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
6598 *
6599 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
6600 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
6601 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
6602 */
6603 static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy * wiphy,int freq)6604 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
6605 {
6606 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
6607 }
6608
6609 /**
6610 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
6611 * @chan: control channel to check
6612 *
6613 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
6614 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
6615 *
6616 * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise
6617 */
cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel * chan)6618 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
6619 {
6620 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ)
6621 return false;
6622
6623 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5;
6624 }
6625
6626 /**
6627 * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef
6628 *
6629 * @radio: wiphy radio
6630 * @chandef: chandef for current channel
6631 *
6632 * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio
6633 */
6634 bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio,
6635 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6636
6637 /**
6638 * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel
6639 *
6640 * @wdev: the wireless device
6641 * @chan: channel to check
6642 *
6643 * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel
6644 */
6645 bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6646 struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
6647
6648 /**
6649 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
6650 *
6651 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
6652 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
6653 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
6654 *
6655 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
6656 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
6657 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
6658 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
6659 */
6660 const struct ieee80211_rate *
6661 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6662 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
6663
6664 /**
6665 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
6666 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
6667 *
6668 * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits
6669 * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
6670 */
6671 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband);
6672
6673 /*
6674 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
6675 *
6676 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
6677 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst
6678 */
6679
6680 struct radiotap_align_size {
6681 uint8_t align:4, size:4;
6682 };
6683
6684 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
6685 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
6686 int n_bits;
6687 uint32_t oui;
6688 uint8_t subns;
6689 };
6690
6691 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
6692 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
6693 int n_ns;
6694 };
6695
6696 /**
6697 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
6698 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
6699 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
6700 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
6701 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
6702 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
6703 * the beginning of the actual data portion
6704 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
6705 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
6706 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
6707 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
6708 * radiotap namespace or not
6709 *
6710 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
6711 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
6712 * @_arg_index: next argument index
6713 * @_arg: next argument pointer
6714 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
6715 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
6716 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
6717 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
6718 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
6719 * next bitmap word
6720 *
6721 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
6722 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
6723 */
6724
6725 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
6726 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
6727 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
6728 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
6729
6730 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
6731 __le32 *_next_bitmap;
6732
6733 unsigned char *this_arg;
6734 int this_arg_index;
6735 int this_arg_size;
6736
6737 int is_radiotap_ns;
6738
6739 int _max_length;
6740 int _arg_index;
6741 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
6742 int _reset_on_ext;
6743 };
6744
6745 int
6746 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
6747 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
6748 int max_length,
6749 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
6750
6751 int
6752 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
6753
6754
6755 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
6756 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
6757
6758 /**
6759 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
6760 *
6761 * @skb: the frame
6762 *
6763 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
6764 * returns the 802.11 header length.
6765 *
6766 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
6767 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
6768 * 802.11 header.
6769 */
6770 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
6771
6772 /**
6773 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
6774 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
6775 * Return: The header length in bytes.
6776 */
6777 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
6778
6779 /**
6780 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
6781 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
6782 * (first byte) will be accessed
6783 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
6784 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
6785 */
6786 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
6787
6788 /**
6789 * DOC: Data path helpers
6790 *
6791 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
6792 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
6793 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
6794 */
6795
6796 /**
6797 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
6798 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
6799 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
6800 * of it being pushed into the SKB
6801 * @addr: the device MAC address
6802 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
6803 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
6804 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU
6805 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
6806 */
6807 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
6808 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
6809 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu);
6810
6811 /**
6812 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
6813 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
6814 * @addr: the device MAC address
6815 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
6816 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
6817 */
ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff * skb,const u8 * addr,enum nl80211_iftype iftype)6818 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
6819 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
6820 {
6821 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false);
6822 }
6823
6824 /**
6825 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid
6826 *
6827 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated
6828 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the
6829 * mesh control field.
6830 *
6831 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
6832 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test
6833 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field
6834 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field
6835 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field
6836 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode
6837 */
6838 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr);
6839
6840 /**
6841 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
6842 *
6843 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
6844 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
6845 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
6846 *
6847 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
6848 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
6849 * initialized by the caller.
6850 * @addr: The device MAC address.
6851 * @iftype: The device interface type.
6852 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
6853 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
6854 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
6855 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu
6856 */
6857 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
6858 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
6859 const unsigned int extra_headroom,
6860 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa,
6861 u8 mesh_control);
6862
6863 /**
6864 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol
6865 *
6866 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated
6867 * protocol.
6868 *
6869 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload
6870 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol
6871 * Return: true if encapsulation was found
6872 */
6873 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto);
6874
6875 /**
6876 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames
6877 *
6878 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part
6879 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh
6880 * header to the ethernet header (if present).
6881 *
6882 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header
6883 *
6884 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
6885 */
6886 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb);
6887
6888 /**
6889 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
6890 * @skb: the data frame
6891 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
6892 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
6893 */
6894 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
6895 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
6896
6897 /**
6898 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
6899 *
6900 * @eid: element ID
6901 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6902 * @len: length of data
6903 * @match: byte array to match
6904 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
6905 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
6906 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
6907 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
6908 * the data portion instead.
6909 *
6910 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
6911 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
6912 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
6913 * requested element struct.
6914 *
6915 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
6916 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
6917 * byte array to match.
6918 */
6919 const struct element *
6920 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
6921 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
6922 unsigned int match_offset);
6923
6924 /**
6925 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
6926 *
6927 * @eid: element ID
6928 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6929 * @len: length of data
6930 * @match: byte array to match
6931 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
6932 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
6933 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
6934 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
6935 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
6936 * the second byte is the IE length.
6937 *
6938 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
6939 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
6940 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
6941 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
6942 * element ID.
6943 *
6944 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
6945 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
6946 * byte array to match.
6947 */
6948 static inline const u8 *
cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid,const u8 * ies,unsigned int len,const u8 * match,unsigned int match_len,unsigned int match_offset)6949 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
6950 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
6951 unsigned int match_offset)
6952 {
6953 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
6954 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
6955 */
6956 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
6957 (!match_len && match_offset)))
6958 return NULL;
6959
6960 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
6961 match, match_len,
6962 match_offset ?
6963 match_offset - 2 : 0);
6964 }
6965
6966 /**
6967 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
6968 *
6969 * @eid: element ID
6970 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6971 * @len: length of data
6972 *
6973 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
6974 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
6975 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
6976 * requested element struct.
6977 *
6978 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
6979 * having to fit into the given data.
6980 */
6981 static inline const struct element *
cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid,const u8 * ies,int len)6982 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
6983 {
6984 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
6985 }
6986
6987 /**
6988 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
6989 *
6990 * @eid: element ID
6991 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6992 * @len: length of data
6993 *
6994 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
6995 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
6996 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
6997 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
6998 *
6999 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
7000 * having to fit into the given data.
7001 */
cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid,const u8 * ies,int len)7002 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
7003 {
7004 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
7005 }
7006
7007 /**
7008 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
7009 *
7010 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
7011 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
7012 * @len: length of data
7013 *
7014 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if
7015 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
7016 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
7017 * requested element struct.
7018 *
7019 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
7020 * having to fit into the given data.
7021 */
7022 static inline const struct element *
cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid,const u8 * ies,int len)7023 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
7024 {
7025 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
7026 &ext_eid, 1, 0);
7027 }
7028
7029 /**
7030 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
7031 *
7032 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
7033 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
7034 * @len: length of data
7035 *
7036 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
7037 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
7038 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
7039 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
7040 *
7041 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
7042 * having to fit into the given data.
7043 */
cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid,const u8 * ies,int len)7044 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
7045 {
7046 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
7047 &ext_eid, 1, 2);
7048 }
7049
7050 /**
7051 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
7052 *
7053 * @oui: vendor OUI
7054 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
7055 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
7056 * @len: length of data
7057 *
7058 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
7059 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
7060 * return the element structure for the requested element.
7061 *
7062 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
7063 * the given data.
7064 */
7065 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
7066 const u8 *ies,
7067 unsigned int len);
7068
7069 /**
7070 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
7071 *
7072 * @oui: vendor OUI
7073 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
7074 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
7075 * @len: length of data
7076 *
7077 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
7078 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
7079 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
7080 * element ID.
7081 *
7082 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
7083 * the given data.
7084 */
7085 static inline const u8 *
cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui,int oui_type,const u8 * ies,unsigned int len)7086 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
7087 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
7088 {
7089 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
7090 }
7091
7092 /**
7093 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state
7094 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry
7095 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success
7096 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error
7097 */
7098 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret {
7099 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE,
7100 RNR_ITER_BREAK,
7101 RNR_ITER_ERROR,
7102 };
7103
7104 /**
7105 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries
7106 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then
7107 * their entries in
7108 * @elems_len: length of the elements
7109 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret
7110 * for the return value
7111 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function
7112 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries
7113 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK),
7114 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR
7115 * or elements were malformed.)
7116 */
7117 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len,
7118 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret
7119 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type,
7120 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info,
7121 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len),
7122 void *iter_data);
7123
7124 /**
7125 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer
7126 *
7127 * @elem: the element to defragment
7128 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained
7129 * @ieslen: length of @ies
7130 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size
7131 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0
7132 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments
7133 *
7134 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error
7135 *
7136 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while
7137 * skipping all headers.
7138 *
7139 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an
7140 * element in-place.
7141 */
7142 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies,
7143 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len,
7144 u8 frag_id);
7145
7146 /**
7147 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
7148 *
7149 * @dev: network device
7150 * @addr: STA MAC address
7151 *
7152 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
7153 * devices upon STA association.
7154 */
7155 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
7156
7157 /**
7158 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
7159 *
7160 * TODO
7161 */
7162
7163 /**
7164 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
7165 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
7166 * conflicts)
7167 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
7168 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
7169 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
7170 * alpha2.
7171 *
7172 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
7173 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
7174 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
7175 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
7176 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
7177 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
7178 *
7179 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
7180 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
7181 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
7182 *
7183 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
7184 * an -ENOMEM.
7185 *
7186 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
7187 */
7188 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
7189
7190 /**
7191 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
7192 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
7193 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
7194 *
7195 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
7196 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
7197 * information.
7198 *
7199 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
7200 */
7201 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7202 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
7203
7204 /**
7205 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers
7206 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
7207 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
7208 *
7209 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and
7210 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details
7211 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
7212 *
7213 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
7214 */
7215 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7216 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
7217
7218 /**
7219 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
7220 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
7221 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
7222 *
7223 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
7224 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
7225 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
7226 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
7227 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
7228 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
7229 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
7230 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
7231 * that called this helper.
7232 */
7233 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7234 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
7235
7236 /**
7237 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
7238 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
7239 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
7240 *
7241 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
7242 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
7243 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
7244 * and processed already.
7245 *
7246 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
7247 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
7248 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
7249 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
7250 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
7251 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
7252 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
7253 */
7254 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7255 u32 center_freq);
7256
7257 /**
7258 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
7259 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
7260 *
7261 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
7262 * proper string representation.
7263 *
7264 * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator
7265 */
7266 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
7267
7268 /**
7269 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
7270 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
7271 *
7272 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
7273 *
7274 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise
7275 */
7276 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7277
7278 /**
7279 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
7280 *
7281 */
7282
7283 /**
7284 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
7285 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
7286 *
7287 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
7288 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried.
7289 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
7290 *
7291 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
7292 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
7293 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
7294 *
7295 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
7296 * an -ENODATA.
7297 *
7298 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
7299 */
7300 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
7301 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
7302
7303 /*
7304 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
7305 * functions and BSS handling helpers
7306 */
7307
7308 /**
7309 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
7310 *
7311 * @request: the corresponding scan request
7312 * @info: information about the completed scan
7313 */
7314 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
7315 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
7316
7317 /**
7318 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
7319 *
7320 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
7321 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
7322 */
7323 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
7324
7325 /**
7326 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
7327 *
7328 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
7329 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
7330 *
7331 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
7332 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
7333 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
7334 */
7335 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
7336
7337 /**
7338 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
7339 *
7340 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
7341 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
7342 *
7343 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
7344 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
7345 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
7346 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held.
7347 */
7348 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
7349
7350 /**
7351 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
7352 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
7353 * @data: the BSS metadata
7354 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
7355 * @len: length of the management frame
7356 * @gfp: context flags
7357 *
7358 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
7359 * the BSS should be updated/added.
7360 *
7361 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
7362 * Or %NULL on error.
7363 */
7364 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
7365 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7366 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
7367 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
7368 gfp_t gfp);
7369
7370 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * rx_channel,struct ieee80211_mgmt * mgmt,size_t len,s32 signal,gfp_t gfp)7371 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7372 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
7373 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
7374 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
7375 {
7376 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
7377 .chan = rx_channel,
7378 .signal = signal,
7379 };
7380
7381 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
7382 }
7383
7384 /**
7385 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
7386 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
7387 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
7388 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
7389 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
7390 */
cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 * bssid,u8 max_bssid,u8 mbssid_index,u8 * new_bssid)7391 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
7392 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
7393 {
7394 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
7395 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
7396 u64 new_bssid_u64;
7397
7398 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
7399
7400 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
7401
7402 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
7403 }
7404
7405 /**
7406 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
7407 * @element: element to check
7408 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
7409 *
7410 * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise
7411 */
7412 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
7413 const struct element *non_inherit_element);
7414
7415 /**
7416 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
7417 * @ie: ies
7418 * @ielen: length of IEs
7419 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
7420 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
7421 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
7422 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
7423 *
7424 * Return: the number of bytes merged
7425 */
7426 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
7427 const struct element *mbssid_elem,
7428 const struct element *sub_elem,
7429 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
7430
7431 /**
7432 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
7433 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
7434 * from a beacon or probe response
7435 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
7436 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
7437 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon
7438 */
7439 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
7440 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
7441 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
7442 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
7443 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON,
7444 };
7445
7446 /**
7447 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies
7448 * @ie: IEs
7449 * @ielen: length of IEs
7450 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel
7451 *
7452 * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined.
7453 */
7454 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
7455 enum nl80211_band band);
7456
7457 /**
7458 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs
7459 * @a: first SSID
7460 * @b: second SSID
7461 *
7462 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise.
7463 */
7464 static inline bool
cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid * a,struct cfg80211_ssid * b)7465 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b)
7466 {
7467 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b))
7468 return false;
7469 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len)
7470 return false;
7471 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true;
7472 }
7473
7474 /**
7475 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
7476 *
7477 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
7478 * @data: the BSS metadata
7479 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
7480 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
7481 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
7482 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
7483 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
7484 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
7485 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
7486 * @gfp: context flags
7487 *
7488 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
7489 * the BSS should be updated/added.
7490 *
7491 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
7492 * Or %NULL on error.
7493 */
7494 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
7495 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7496 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
7497 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
7498 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
7499 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
7500 gfp_t gfp);
7501
7502 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * rx_channel,enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,const u8 * bssid,u64 tsf,u16 capability,u16 beacon_interval,const u8 * ie,size_t ielen,s32 signal,gfp_t gfp)7503 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7504 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
7505 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
7506 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
7507 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
7508 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
7509 {
7510 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
7511 .chan = rx_channel,
7512 .signal = signal,
7513 };
7514
7515 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
7516 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
7517 gfp);
7518 }
7519
7520 /**
7521 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
7522 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
7523 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
7524 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
7525 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
7526 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
7527 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
7528 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
7529 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended
7530 *
7531 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error.
7532 */
7533 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7534 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
7535 const u8 *bssid,
7536 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
7537 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
7538 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy,
7539 u32 use_for);
7540
7541 /**
7542 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
7543 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
7544 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
7545 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
7546 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
7547 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
7548 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
7549 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
7550 *
7551 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL.
7552 *
7553 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error.
7554 */
7555 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * channel,const u8 * bssid,const u8 * ssid,size_t ssid_len,enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,enum ieee80211_privacy privacy)7556 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
7557 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
7558 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
7559 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy)
7560 {
7561 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len,
7562 bss_type, privacy,
7563 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL);
7564 }
7565
7566 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * channel,const u8 * ssid,size_t ssid_len)7567 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7568 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
7569 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
7570 {
7571 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
7572 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
7573 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
7574 }
7575
7576 /**
7577 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
7578 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
7579 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
7580 *
7581 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
7582 */
7583 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
7584
7585 /**
7586 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
7587 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
7588 * @bss: the BSS struct
7589 *
7590 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
7591 */
7592 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
7593
7594 /**
7595 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
7596 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7597 * @bss: the bss to remove
7598 *
7599 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
7600 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
7601 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
7602 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
7603 */
7604 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
7605
7606 /**
7607 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
7608 *
7609 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
7610 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
7611 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
7612 *
7613 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7614 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
7615 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
7616 * @iter: the iterator function to call
7617 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
7618 */
7619 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7620 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7621 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7622 struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
7623 void *data),
7624 void *iter_data);
7625
7626 /**
7627 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
7628 * @dev: network device
7629 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
7630 * @len: length of the frame data
7631 *
7632 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
7633 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
7634 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
7635 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
7636 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
7637 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
7638 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
7639 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
7640 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
7641 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
7642 *
7643 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
7644 */
7645 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
7646
7647 /**
7648 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
7649 * @dev: network device
7650 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
7651 *
7652 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
7653 * mutex.
7654 */
7655 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
7656
7657 /**
7658 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data
7659 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
7660 * @len: length of the frame data
7661 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
7662 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
7663 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
7664 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
7665 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO)
7666 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for
7667 * non-MLO connections
7668 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the
7669 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp()
7670 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that
7671 * were rejected by the AP.
7672 */
7673 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data {
7674 const u8 *buf;
7675 size_t len;
7676 const u8 *req_ies;
7677 size_t req_ies_len;
7678 int uapsd_queues;
7679 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
7680 struct {
7681 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
7682 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
7683 u16 status;
7684 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
7685 };
7686
7687 /**
7688 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
7689 * @dev: network device
7690 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data
7691 *
7692 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
7693 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
7694 *
7695 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
7696 */
7697 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
7698 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data);
7699
7700 /**
7701 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data
7702 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL
7703 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections
7704 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL)
7705 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise
7706 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some
7707 * other API (e.g. deauth RX)
7708 */
7709 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure {
7710 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
7711 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
7712 bool timeout;
7713 };
7714
7715 /**
7716 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure
7717 * @dev: network device
7718 * @data: data describing the association failure
7719 *
7720 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
7721 */
7722 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev,
7723 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data);
7724
7725 /**
7726 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
7727 * @dev: network device
7728 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
7729 * @len: length of the frame data
7730 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute)
7731 *
7732 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
7733 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
7734 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
7735 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
7736 */
7737 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
7738 bool reconnect);
7739
7740 /**
7741 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
7742 * @dev: network device
7743 * @buf: received management frame (header + body)
7744 * @len: length of the frame data
7745 *
7746 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
7747 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
7748 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon
7749 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while
7750 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
7751 *
7752 * This function may sleep.
7753 */
7754 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
7755 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
7756
7757 /**
7758 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
7759 * @dev: network device
7760 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
7761 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
7762 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
7763 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
7764 * @gfp: allocation flags
7765 *
7766 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
7767 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
7768 * primitive.
7769 */
7770 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
7771 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
7772 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
7773
7774 /**
7775 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
7776 *
7777 * @dev: network device
7778 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
7779 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
7780 * @gfp: allocation flags
7781 *
7782 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
7783 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
7784 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
7785 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
7786 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
7787 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
7788 */
7789 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7790 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
7791
7792 /**
7793 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer
7794 * candidate
7795 *
7796 * @dev: network device
7797 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
7798 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
7799 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
7800 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm
7801 * @gfp: allocation flags
7802 *
7803 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
7804 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
7805 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
7806 */
7807 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
7808 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
7809 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
7810
7811 /**
7812 * DOC: RFkill integration
7813 *
7814 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
7815 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
7816 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
7817 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are
7818 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
7819 *
7820 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
7821 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
7822 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
7823 */
7824
7825 /**
7826 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
7827 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7828 * @blocked: block status
7829 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons
7830 */
7831 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked,
7832 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason);
7833
wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy * wiphy,bool blocked)7834 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked)
7835 {
7836 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked,
7837 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL);
7838 }
7839
7840 /**
7841 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
7842 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7843 */
7844 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7845
7846 /**
7847 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
7848 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7849 */
wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy * wiphy)7850 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy)
7851 {
7852 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill);
7853 }
7854
7855 /**
7856 * DOC: Vendor commands
7857 *
7858 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
7859 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
7860 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
7861 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
7862 * the configuration mechanism.
7863 *
7864 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
7865 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an
7866 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
7867 *
7868 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
7869 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
7870 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
7871 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
7872 * managers etc. need.
7873 */
7874
7875 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7876 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
7877 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
7878 int approxlen);
7879
7880 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7881 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7882 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
7883 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
7884 unsigned int portid,
7885 int vendor_event_idx,
7886 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
7887
7888 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
7889
7890 /**
7891 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
7892 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7893 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
7894 * be put into the skb
7895 *
7896 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
7897 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
7898 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
7899 *
7900 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
7901 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
7902 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
7903 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
7904 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
7905 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
7906 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
7907 *
7908 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
7909 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
7910 *
7911 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
7912 */
7913 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy * wiphy,int approxlen)7914 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
7915 {
7916 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
7917 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
7918 }
7919
7920 /**
7921 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
7922 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
7923 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
7924 *
7925 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
7926 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
7927 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
7928 * skb regardless of the return value.
7929 *
7930 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
7931 */
7932 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
7933
7934 /**
7935 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID
7936 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7937 *
7938 * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
7939 *
7940 * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler
7941 */
7942 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7943
7944 /**
7945 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
7946 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7947 * @wdev: the wireless device
7948 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
7949 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
7950 * be put into the skb
7951 * @gfp: allocation flags
7952 *
7953 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
7954 * vendor-specific multicast group.
7955 *
7956 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
7957 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
7958 * attribute.
7959 *
7960 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
7961 * skb to send the event.
7962 *
7963 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
7964 */
7965 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct wireless_dev * wdev,int approxlen,int event_idx,gfp_t gfp)7966 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7967 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
7968 {
7969 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
7970 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
7971 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
7972 }
7973
7974 /**
7975 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
7976 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7977 * @wdev: the wireless device
7978 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
7979 * @portid: port ID of the receiver
7980 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
7981 * be put into the skb
7982 * @gfp: allocation flags
7983 *
7984 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
7985 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
7986 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
7987 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
7988 *
7989 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
7990 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
7991 * attribute.
7992 *
7993 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
7994 * skb to send the event.
7995 *
7996 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
7997 */
7998 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct wireless_dev * wdev,unsigned int portid,int approxlen,int event_idx,gfp_t gfp)7999 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8000 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8001 unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
8002 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
8003 {
8004 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
8005 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
8006 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
8007 }
8008
8009 /**
8010 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
8011 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
8012 * @gfp: allocation flags
8013 *
8014 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
8015 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
8016 */
cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff * skb,gfp_t gfp)8017 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
8018 {
8019 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
8020 }
8021
8022 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
8023 /**
8024 * DOC: Test mode
8025 *
8026 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
8027 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
8028 * factory programming.
8029 *
8030 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more
8031 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
8032 */
8033
8034 /**
8035 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
8036 * @wiphy: the wiphy
8037 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
8038 * be put into the skb
8039 *
8040 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
8041 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
8042 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
8043 *
8044 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
8045 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
8046 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
8047 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
8048 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
8049 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
8050 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
8051 *
8052 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
8053 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
8054 *
8055 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
8056 */
8057 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy * wiphy,int approxlen)8058 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
8059 {
8060 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
8061 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
8062 }
8063
8064 /**
8065 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
8066 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
8067 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
8068 *
8069 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
8070 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
8071 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
8072 * regardless of the return value.
8073 *
8074 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
8075 */
cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff * skb)8076 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
8077 {
8078 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
8079 }
8080
8081 /**
8082 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
8083 * @wiphy: the wiphy
8084 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
8085 * be put into the skb
8086 * @gfp: allocation flags
8087 *
8088 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
8089 * testmode multicast group.
8090 *
8091 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
8092 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
8093 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
8094 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
8095 * in any other way.
8096 *
8097 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
8098 * skb to send the event.
8099 *
8100 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
8101 */
8102 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy * wiphy,int approxlen,gfp_t gfp)8103 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
8104 {
8105 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
8106 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
8107 approxlen, gfp);
8108 }
8109
8110 /**
8111 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
8112 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
8113 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
8114 * @gfp: allocation flags
8115 *
8116 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
8117 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
8118 * consumes it.
8119 */
cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff * skb,gfp_t gfp)8120 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
8121 {
8122 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
8123 }
8124
8125 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
8126 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
8127 #else
8128 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
8129 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
8130 #endif
8131
8132 /**
8133 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
8134 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
8135 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
8136 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
8137 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
8138 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
8139 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
8140 * status for a FILS connection.
8141 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
8142 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
8143 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
8144 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
8145 */
8146 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
8147 const u8 *kek;
8148 size_t kek_len;
8149 bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
8150 u16 erp_next_seq_num;
8151 const u8 *pmk;
8152 size_t pmk_len;
8153 const u8 *pmkid;
8154 };
8155
8156 /**
8157 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
8158 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
8159 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
8160 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
8161 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
8162 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
8163 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
8164 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
8165 * case.
8166 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
8167 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
8168 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
8169 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
8170 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
8171 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
8172 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
8173 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
8174 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
8175 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
8176 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
8177 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise
8178 * zero.
8179 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL.
8180 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated
8181 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the
8182 * connected AP info.
8183 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise
8184 * %NULL.
8185 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO
8186 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL).
8187 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected.
8188 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA
8189 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be
8190 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and
8191 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning
8192 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers
8193 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs
8194 * to be specified.
8195 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not
8196 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the
8197 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released)
8198 */
8199 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
8200 int status;
8201 const u8 *req_ie;
8202 size_t req_ie_len;
8203 const u8 *resp_ie;
8204 size_t resp_ie_len;
8205 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
8206 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
8207
8208 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
8209 u16 valid_links;
8210 struct {
8211 const u8 *addr;
8212 const u8 *bssid;
8213 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
8214 u16 status;
8215 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
8216 };
8217
8218 /**
8219 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
8220 *
8221 * @dev: network device
8222 * @params: connection response parameters
8223 * @gfp: allocation flags
8224 *
8225 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
8226 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
8227 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
8228 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
8229 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
8230 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
8231 */
8232 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
8233 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
8234 gfp_t gfp);
8235
8236 /**
8237 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
8238 *
8239 * @dev: network device
8240 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
8241 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
8242 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
8243 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
8244 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
8245 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
8246 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
8247 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
8248 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
8249 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
8250 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
8251 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
8252 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
8253 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
8254 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
8255 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
8256 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
8257 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
8258 * case.
8259 * @gfp: allocation flags
8260 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
8261 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
8262 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
8263 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
8264 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
8265 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
8266 *
8267 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
8268 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
8269 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
8270 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
8271 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
8272 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
8273 */
8274 static inline void
cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * bssid,struct cfg80211_bss * bss,const u8 * req_ie,size_t req_ie_len,const u8 * resp_ie,size_t resp_ie_len,int status,gfp_t gfp,enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)8275 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
8276 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
8277 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
8278 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
8279 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
8280 {
8281 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
8282
8283 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params));
8284 params.status = status;
8285 params.links[0].bssid = bssid;
8286 params.links[0].bss = bss;
8287 params.req_ie = req_ie;
8288 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
8289 params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
8290 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
8291 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
8292
8293 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp);
8294 }
8295
8296 /**
8297 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
8298 *
8299 * @dev: network device
8300 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
8301 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
8302 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
8303 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
8304 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
8305 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
8306 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
8307 * the real status code for failures.
8308 * @gfp: allocation flags
8309 *
8310 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
8311 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
8312 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
8313 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
8314 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
8315 */
8316 static inline void
cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * bssid,const u8 * req_ie,size_t req_ie_len,const u8 * resp_ie,size_t resp_ie_len,u16 status,gfp_t gfp)8317 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
8318 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
8319 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
8320 u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
8321 {
8322 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
8323 resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
8324 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
8325 }
8326
8327 /**
8328 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
8329 *
8330 * @dev: network device
8331 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
8332 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
8333 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
8334 * @gfp: allocation flags
8335 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
8336 *
8337 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
8338 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
8339 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
8340 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
8341 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
8342 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
8343 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
8344 */
8345 static inline void
cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * bssid,const u8 * req_ie,size_t req_ie_len,gfp_t gfp,enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)8346 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
8347 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
8348 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
8349 {
8350 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
8351 gfp, timeout_reason);
8352 }
8353
8354 /**
8355 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
8356 *
8357 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
8358 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
8359 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
8360 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
8361 * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
8362 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set.
8363 * Otherwise zero.
8364 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL.
8365 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in
8366 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info.
8367 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL.
8368 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO
8369 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be
8370 * %NULL if %links.bss is set.
8371 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP.
8372 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got
8373 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to
8374 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set)
8375 */
8376 struct cfg80211_roam_info {
8377 const u8 *req_ie;
8378 size_t req_ie_len;
8379 const u8 *resp_ie;
8380 size_t resp_ie_len;
8381 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
8382
8383 const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
8384 u16 valid_links;
8385 struct {
8386 const u8 *addr;
8387 const u8 *bssid;
8388 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
8389 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
8390 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
8391 };
8392
8393 /**
8394 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
8395 *
8396 * @dev: network device
8397 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
8398 * @gfp: allocation flags
8399 *
8400 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
8401 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
8402 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
8403 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
8404 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
8405 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
8406 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
8407 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
8408 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
8409 * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
8410 */
8411 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
8412 gfp_t gfp);
8413
8414 /**
8415 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
8416 *
8417 * @dev: network device
8418 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address
8419 * in case of AP/P2P GO
8420 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy
8421 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy
8422 * @gfp: allocation flags
8423 *
8424 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
8425 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
8426 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
8427 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
8428 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
8429 * indicate the 802.11 association.
8430 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports
8431 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of
8432 * associated STA/GC.
8433 */
8434 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr,
8435 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp);
8436
8437 /**
8438 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
8439 *
8440 * @dev: network device
8441 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
8442 * @ie_len: length of IEs
8443 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
8444 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
8445 * @gfp: allocation flags
8446 *
8447 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
8448 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
8449 */
8450 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
8451 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
8452 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
8453
8454 /**
8455 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
8456 * @wdev: wireless device
8457 * @cookie: the request cookie
8458 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
8459 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
8460 * channel
8461 * @gfp: allocation flags
8462 */
8463 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
8464 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
8465 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
8466
8467 /**
8468 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
8469 * @wdev: wireless device
8470 * @cookie: the request cookie
8471 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
8472 * @gfp: allocation flags
8473 */
8474 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
8475 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
8476 gfp_t gfp);
8477
8478 /**
8479 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
8480 * @wdev: wireless device
8481 * @cookie: the requested cookie
8482 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
8483 * @gfp: allocation flags
8484 */
8485 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
8486 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
8487
8488 /**
8489 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
8490 *
8491 * @sinfo: the station information
8492 * @gfp: allocation flags
8493 *
8494 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
8495 */
8496 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
8497
8498 /**
8499 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
8500 * @sinfo: the station information
8501 *
8502 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
8503 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
8504 * the stack.)
8505 */
cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info * sinfo)8506 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
8507 {
8508 kfree(sinfo->pertid);
8509 }
8510
8511 /**
8512 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
8513 *
8514 * @dev: the netdev
8515 * @mac_addr: the station's address
8516 * @sinfo: the station information
8517 * @gfp: allocation flags
8518 */
8519 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
8520 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
8521
8522 /**
8523 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
8524 * @dev: the netdev
8525 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used.
8526 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
8527 * @gfp: allocation flags
8528 */
8529 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
8530 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
8531
8532 /**
8533 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
8534 *
8535 * @dev: the netdev
8536 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used.
8537 * @gfp: allocation flags
8538 */
cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * mac_addr,gfp_t gfp)8539 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
8540 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
8541 {
8542 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
8543 }
8544
8545 /**
8546 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
8547 *
8548 * @dev: the netdev
8549 * @mac_addr: the station's address
8550 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
8551 * @gfp: allocation flags
8552 *
8553 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
8554 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
8555 * for some reasons, this function is called.
8556 *
8557 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
8558 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
8559 */
8560 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
8561 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
8562 gfp_t gfp);
8563
8564 /**
8565 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info
8566 *
8567 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz
8568 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
8569 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of
8570 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid
8571 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on
8572 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
8573 * @len: length of the frame data
8574 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
8575 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds
8576 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds
8577 */
8578 struct cfg80211_rx_info {
8579 int freq;
8580 int sig_dbm;
8581 bool have_link_id;
8582 u8 link_id;
8583 const u8 *buf;
8584 size_t len;
8585 u32 flags;
8586 u64 rx_tstamp;
8587 u64 ack_tstamp;
8588 };
8589
8590 /**
8591 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info
8592 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8593 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info
8594 *
8595 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
8596 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
8597 *
8598 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
8599 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
8600 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
8601 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
8602 */
8603 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8604 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info);
8605
8606 /**
8607 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
8608 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8609 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz
8610 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
8611 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
8612 * @len: length of the frame data
8613 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
8614 *
8615 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
8616 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
8617 *
8618 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
8619 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
8620 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
8621 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
8622 */
cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev * wdev,int freq,int sig_dbm,const u8 * buf,size_t len,u32 flags)8623 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
8624 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
8625 u32 flags)
8626 {
8627 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
8628 .freq = freq,
8629 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
8630 .buf = buf,
8631 .len = len,
8632 .flags = flags
8633 };
8634
8635 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
8636 }
8637
8638 /**
8639 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
8640 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8641 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
8642 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
8643 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
8644 * @len: length of the frame data
8645 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
8646 *
8647 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
8648 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
8649 *
8650 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
8651 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
8652 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
8653 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
8654 */
cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev * wdev,int freq,int sig_dbm,const u8 * buf,size_t len,u32 flags)8655 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
8656 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
8657 u32 flags)
8658 {
8659 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
8660 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
8661 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
8662 .buf = buf,
8663 .len = len,
8664 .flags = flags
8665 };
8666
8667 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
8668 }
8669
8670 /**
8671 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information
8672 *
8673 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
8674 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds
8675 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds
8676 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
8677 * @len: length of the frame data
8678 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
8679 */
8680 struct cfg80211_tx_status {
8681 u64 cookie;
8682 u64 tx_tstamp;
8683 u64 ack_tstamp;
8684 const u8 *buf;
8685 size_t len;
8686 bool ack;
8687 };
8688
8689 /**
8690 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info
8691 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8692 * @status: TX status data
8693 * @gfp: context flags
8694 *
8695 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
8696 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
8697 * transmission attempt with extended info.
8698 */
8699 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8700 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp);
8701
8702 /**
8703 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
8704 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8705 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
8706 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
8707 * @len: length of the frame data
8708 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
8709 * @gfp: context flags
8710 *
8711 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
8712 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
8713 * transmission attempt.
8714 */
cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev * wdev,u64 cookie,const u8 * buf,size_t len,bool ack,gfp_t gfp)8715 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8716 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf,
8717 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp)
8718 {
8719 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = {
8720 .cookie = cookie,
8721 .buf = buf,
8722 .len = len,
8723 .ack = ack
8724 };
8725
8726 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp);
8727 }
8728
8729 /**
8730 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control
8731 * port frames
8732 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
8733 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port()
8734 * @buf: Data frame (header + body)
8735 * @len: length of the frame data
8736 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
8737 * @gfp: context flags
8738 *
8739 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be
8740 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of
8741 * the transmission attempt.
8742 */
8743 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
8744 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack,
8745 gfp_t gfp);
8746
8747 /**
8748 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
8749 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
8750 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf
8751 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear.
8752 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
8753 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that
8754 * skb->protocol is set appropriately.
8755 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
8756 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown
8757 *
8758 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
8759 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
8760 * control port frames over nl80211.
8761 *
8762 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
8763 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
8764 *
8765 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
8766 */
8767 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb,
8768 bool unencrypted, int link_id);
8769
8770 /**
8771 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
8772 * @dev: network device
8773 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
8774 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
8775 * @gfp: context flags
8776 *
8777 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
8778 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
8779 */
8780 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
8781 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
8782 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
8783
8784 /**
8785 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
8786 * @dev: network device
8787 * @peer: peer's MAC address
8788 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
8789 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
8790 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
8791 * @gfp: context flags
8792 */
8793 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
8794 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
8795
8796 /**
8797 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
8798 * @dev: network device
8799 * @peer: peer's MAC address
8800 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
8801 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
8802 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
8803 * @gfp: context flags
8804 *
8805 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
8806 * given interval is exceeded.
8807 */
8808 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
8809 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
8810
8811 /**
8812 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
8813 * @dev: network device
8814 * @gfp: context flags
8815 *
8816 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
8817 */
8818 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
8819
8820 /**
8821 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
8822 * @wiphy: the wiphy
8823 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
8824 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain
8825 * @gfp: context flags
8826 *
8827 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
8828 */
8829 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8830 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8831 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp);
8832
8833 static inline void
cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef,gfp_t gfp)8834 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8835 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8836 gfp_t gfp)
8837 {
8838 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp);
8839 }
8840
8841 static inline void
cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef,gfp_t gfp)8842 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8843 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8844 gfp_t gfp)
8845 {
8846 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp);
8847 }
8848
8849 /**
8850 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
8851 * @dev: network device
8852 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
8853 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
8854 * @gfp: context flags
8855 *
8856 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
8857 * frame.
8858 */
8859 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
8860 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
8861 gfp_t gfp);
8862
8863 /**
8864 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
8865 * @netdev: network device
8866 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
8867 * @event: type of event
8868 * @gfp: context flags
8869 * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise.
8870 *
8871 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
8872 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
8873 * also by full-MAC drivers.
8874 */
8875 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
8876 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8877 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp,
8878 unsigned int link_id);
8879
8880 /**
8881 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event
8882 * @wiphy: the wiphy
8883 *
8884 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check
8885 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain.
8886 */
8887 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy);
8888
8889 /**
8890 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
8891 * @dev: network device
8892 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
8893 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
8894 * @gfp: allocation flags
8895 */
8896 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
8897 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
8898
8899 /**
8900 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
8901 * @dev: network device
8902 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
8903 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
8904 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
8905 * @gfp: allocation flags
8906 */
8907 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
8908 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
8909
8910 /**
8911 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
8912 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
8913 * @addr: the transmitter address
8914 * @gfp: context flags
8915 *
8916 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
8917 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
8918 * sender.
8919 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
8920 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
8921 */
8922 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
8923 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
8924
8925 /**
8926 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
8927 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
8928 * @addr: the transmitter address
8929 * @gfp: context flags
8930 *
8931 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
8932 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
8933 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
8934 * station to avoid event flooding.
8935 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
8936 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
8937 */
8938 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
8939 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
8940
8941 /**
8942 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
8943 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
8944 * @addr: the address of the peer
8945 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
8946 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
8947 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
8948 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
8949 * @gfp: allocation flags
8950 */
8951 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
8952 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
8953 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
8954
8955 /**
8956 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs
8957 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
8958 * @frame: the frame
8959 * @len: length of the frame
8960 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz
8961 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
8962 *
8963 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
8964 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
8965 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
8966 */
8967 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame,
8968 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm);
8969
8970 /**
8971 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
8972 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
8973 * @frame: the frame
8974 * @len: length of the frame
8975 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
8976 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
8977 *
8978 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
8979 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
8980 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
8981 */
cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy * wiphy,const u8 * frame,size_t len,int freq,int sig_dbm)8982 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8983 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
8984 int freq, int sig_dbm)
8985 {
8986 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
8987 sig_dbm);
8988 }
8989
8990 /**
8991 * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration
8992 * @iftype: the interface type to check for
8993 * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another
8994 * interface connected already on the same channel)
8995 * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held.
8996 * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the
8997 * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting
8998 */
8999 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config {
9000 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
9001 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power;
9002 bool relax;
9003 };
9004
9005 /**
9006 * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed
9007 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9008 * @chandef: the channel definition
9009 * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking
9010 *
9011 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
9012 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
9013 */
9014 bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9015 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
9016 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg);
9017
9018 /**
9019 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
9020 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9021 * @chandef: the channel definition
9022 * @iftype: interface type
9023 *
9024 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
9025 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
9026 */
9027 static inline bool
cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef,enum nl80211_iftype iftype)9028 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9029 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
9030 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
9031 {
9032 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = {
9033 .iftype = iftype,
9034 };
9035
9036 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config);
9037 }
9038
9039 /**
9040 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
9041 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9042 * @chandef: the channel definition
9043 * @iftype: interface type
9044 *
9045 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
9046 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
9047 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
9048 * more permissive conditions.
9049 *
9050 * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held.
9051 */
9052 static inline bool
cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef,enum nl80211_iftype iftype)9053 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9054 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
9055 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
9056 {
9057 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = {
9058 .iftype = iftype,
9059 .relax = true,
9060 };
9061
9062 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config);
9063 }
9064
9065 /**
9066 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
9067 * @dev: the device which switched channels
9068 * @chandef: the new channel definition
9069 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
9070 *
9071 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable
9072 * driver context!
9073 */
9074 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
9075 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
9076 unsigned int link_id);
9077
9078 /**
9079 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
9080 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
9081 * @chandef: the future channel definition
9082 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
9083 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
9084 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP
9085 *
9086 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
9087 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
9088 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
9089 */
9090 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
9091 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
9092 unsigned int link_id, u8 count,
9093 bool quiet);
9094
9095 /**
9096 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
9097 *
9098 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
9099 * @band: band pointer to fill
9100 *
9101 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
9102 */
9103 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
9104 enum nl80211_band *band);
9105
9106 /**
9107 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef
9108 *
9109 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
9110 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert
9111 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef
9112 *
9113 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
9114 */
9115 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class,
9116 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
9117 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
9118
9119 /**
9120 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
9121 *
9122 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
9123 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
9124 *
9125 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
9126 */
9127 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
9128 u8 *op_class);
9129
9130 /**
9131 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
9132 *
9133 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
9134 *
9135 * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
9136 */
9137 static inline u32
ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)9138 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
9139 {
9140 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset;
9141 }
9142
9143 /**
9144 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
9145 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
9146 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
9147 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
9148 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
9149 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
9150 * @gfp: allocation flags
9151 *
9152 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
9153 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
9154 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
9155 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
9156 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
9157 */
9158 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
9159 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
9160 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
9161
9162 /**
9163 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
9164 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
9165 *
9166 * Return: calculated bitrate
9167 */
9168 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
9169
9170 /**
9171 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
9172 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
9173 *
9174 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary
9175 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device
9176 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called
9177 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device
9178 * is unbound from the driver.
9179 *
9180 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
9181 */
9182 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
9183
9184 /**
9185 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev
9186 * @dev: the netdev to register
9187 *
9188 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
9189 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is
9190 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable
9191 * instead as well.
9192 *
9193 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
9194 *
9195 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
9196 */
9197 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev);
9198
9199 /**
9200 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev
9201 * @dev: the netdev to register
9202 *
9203 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
9204 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL
9205 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are
9206 * usable instead as well.
9207 *
9208 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
9209 */
cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device * dev)9210 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
9211 {
9212 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
9213 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr);
9214 #endif
9215 }
9216
9217 /**
9218 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements
9219 * @ies: FT IEs
9220 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
9221 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
9222 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
9223 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
9224 */
9225 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
9226 const u8 *ies;
9227 size_t ies_len;
9228 const u8 *target_ap;
9229 const u8 *ric_ies;
9230 size_t ric_ies_len;
9231 };
9232
9233 /**
9234 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
9235 * @netdev: network device
9236 * @ft_event: IE information
9237 */
9238 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
9239 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
9240
9241 /**
9242 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
9243 * @ies: the input IE buffer
9244 * @len: the input length
9245 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
9246 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
9247 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
9248 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
9249 *
9250 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
9251 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
9252 *
9253 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
9254 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
9255 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
9256 */
9257 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
9258 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
9259 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
9260
9261 /**
9262 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
9263 * @ies: the IE buffer
9264 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
9265 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
9266 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
9267 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
9268 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
9269 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
9270 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
9271 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
9272 *
9273 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
9274 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
9275 * split.
9276 *
9277 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
9278 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
9279 *
9280 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
9281 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
9282 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
9283 *
9284 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which
9285 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be
9286 * used.
9287 */
9288 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
9289 const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
9290 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
9291 size_t offset);
9292
9293 /**
9294 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
9295 * @ies: the IE buffer
9296 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
9297 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
9298 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
9299 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
9300 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
9301 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
9302 *
9303 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
9304 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
9305 * split.
9306 *
9307 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
9308 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
9309 *
9310 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
9311 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
9312 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
9313 *
9314 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which
9315 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be
9316 * used.
9317 */
ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 * ies,size_t ielen,const u8 * ids,int n_ids,size_t offset)9318 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
9319 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
9320 {
9321 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
9322 }
9323
9324 /**
9325 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb
9326 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to
9327 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment
9328 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments
9329 *
9330 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation
9331 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size
9332 * accordingly.
9333 */
9334 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id);
9335
9336 /**
9337 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
9338 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
9339 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
9340 * @gfp: allocation flags
9341 *
9342 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
9343 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
9344 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
9345 * else caused the wakeup.
9346 */
9347 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9348 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
9349 gfp_t gfp);
9350
9351 /**
9352 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
9353 *
9354 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
9355 * @gfp: allocation flags
9356 *
9357 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
9358 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
9359 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
9360 */
9361 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
9362
9363 /**
9364 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
9365 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9366 *
9367 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
9368 */
9369 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
9370
9371 /**
9372 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
9373 *
9374 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9375 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
9376 *
9377 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
9378 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
9379 * the interface combinations.
9380 *
9381 * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error.
9382 */
9383 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9384 struct iface_combination_params *params);
9385
9386 /**
9387 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
9388 *
9389 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9390 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
9391 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
9392 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
9393 *
9394 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
9395 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
9396 * purposes.
9397 *
9398 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
9399 */
9400 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9401 struct iface_combination_params *params,
9402 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
9403 void *data),
9404 void *data);
9405
9406 /**
9407 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
9408 *
9409 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9410 * @wdev: wireless device
9411 * @gfp: context flags
9412 *
9413 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
9414 * disconnected.
9415 *
9416 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
9417 */
9418 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9419 gfp_t gfp);
9420
9421 /**
9422 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
9423 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
9424 *
9425 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
9426 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
9427 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
9428 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
9429 *
9430 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
9431 * the driver while the function is running.
9432 */
9433 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
9434
9435 /**
9436 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
9437 *
9438 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
9439 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
9440 *
9441 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
9442 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
9443 */
wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy * wiphy,enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)9444 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9445 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
9446 {
9447 u8 *ft_byte;
9448
9449 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
9450 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
9451 }
9452
9453 /**
9454 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
9455 *
9456 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
9457 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
9458 *
9459 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
9460 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
9461 *
9462 * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise
9463 */
9464 static inline bool
wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy * wiphy,enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)9465 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9466 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
9467 {
9468 u8 ft_byte;
9469
9470 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
9471 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
9472 }
9473
9474 /**
9475 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
9476 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
9477 *
9478 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
9479 */
9480 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
9481
9482 /**
9483 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
9484 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
9485 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
9486 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
9487 * result.
9488 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
9489 * @inst_id: the local instance id
9490 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
9491 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
9492 * @info_len: the length of the &info
9493 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
9494 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
9495 */
9496 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
9497 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
9498 u8 inst_id;
9499 u8 peer_inst_id;
9500 const u8 *addr;
9501 u8 info_len;
9502 const u8 *info;
9503 u64 cookie;
9504 };
9505
9506 /**
9507 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
9508 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
9509 * @match: match notification parameters
9510 * @gfp: allocation flags
9511 *
9512 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
9513 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
9514 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
9515 */
9516 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9517 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
9518
9519 /**
9520 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
9521 *
9522 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
9523 * @inst_id: the local instance id
9524 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
9525 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
9526 * @gfp: allocation flags
9527 *
9528 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
9529 */
9530 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9531 u8 inst_id,
9532 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
9533 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
9534
9535 /* ethtool helper */
9536 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
9537
9538 /**
9539 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
9540 * @netdev: network device
9541 * @params: External authentication parameters
9542 * @gfp: allocation flags
9543 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
9544 */
9545 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
9546 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
9547 gfp_t gfp);
9548
9549 /**
9550 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
9551 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
9552 * @req: the original measurement request
9553 * @result: the result data
9554 * @gfp: allocation flags
9555 */
9556 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9557 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
9558 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
9559 gfp_t gfp);
9560
9561 /**
9562 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
9563 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
9564 * @req: the original measurement request
9565 * @gfp: allocation flags
9566 *
9567 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
9568 * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
9569 */
9570 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
9571 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
9572 gfp_t gfp);
9573
9574 /**
9575 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
9576 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9577 * @iftype: interface type
9578 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
9579 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
9580 *
9581 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
9582 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
9583 * check_swif is '1'.
9584 *
9585 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise
9586 */
9587 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
9588 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
9589
9590
9591 /**
9592 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was
9593 * temporarily rejected with a comeback
9594 * @netdev: network device
9595 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association
9596 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs.
9597 *
9598 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
9599 */
9600 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev,
9601 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout);
9602
9603 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
9604
9605 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
9606
9607 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
9608 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9609 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
9610 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9611 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
9612 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9613 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
9614 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9615 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
9616 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9617 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
9618 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9619 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
9620 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9621 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
9622 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9623 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \
9624 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9625
9626 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
9627 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9628 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
9629 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9630
9631 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
9632 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
9633
9634 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
9635 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
9636
9637 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
9638 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
9639 #else
9640 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
9641 ({ \
9642 if (0) \
9643 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
9644 0; \
9645 })
9646 #endif
9647
9648 /*
9649 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
9650 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
9651 * file/line information and a backtrace.
9652 */
9653 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
9654 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
9655
9656 /**
9657 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
9658 * @netdev: network device
9659 * @owe_info: peer's owe info
9660 * @gfp: allocation flags
9661 */
9662 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
9663 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
9664 gfp_t gfp);
9665
9666 /**
9667 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries
9668 * @wiphy: the wiphy
9669 */
9670 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy);
9671
9672 /**
9673 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event
9674 * @dev: network device
9675 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify
9676 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
9677 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
9678 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
9679 *
9680 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
9681 */
9682 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev,
9683 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count,
9684 u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id);
9685
9686 /**
9687 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision
9688 * @dev: network device
9689 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
9690 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
9691 *
9692 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
9693 */
cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device * dev,u64 color_bitmap,u8 link_id)9694 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev,
9695 u64 color_bitmap,
9696 u8 link_id)
9697 {
9698 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
9699 0, color_bitmap, link_id);
9700 }
9701
9702 /**
9703 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start
9704 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
9705 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
9706 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
9707 *
9708 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started.
9709 *
9710 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
9711 */
cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device * dev,u8 count,u8 link_id)9712 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
9713 u8 count, u8 link_id)
9714 {
9715 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
9716 count, 0, link_id);
9717 }
9718
9719 /**
9720 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort
9721 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
9722 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
9723 *
9724 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted.
9725 *
9726 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
9727 */
cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device * dev,u8 link_id)9728 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev,
9729 u8 link_id)
9730 {
9731 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
9732 0, 0, link_id);
9733 }
9734
9735 /**
9736 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion
9737 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched
9738 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
9739 *
9740 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed.
9741 *
9742 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
9743 */
cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device * dev,u8 link_id)9744 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev,
9745 u8 link_id)
9746 {
9747 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev,
9748 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
9749 0, 0, link_id);
9750 }
9751
9752 /**
9753 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links.
9754 * @dev: network device.
9755 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs.
9756 *
9757 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to
9758 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link
9759 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this
9760 * case disconnect instead.
9761 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held.
9762 */
9763 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask);
9764
9765 /**
9766 * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data
9767 * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body)
9768 * @len: length of the frame data
9769 * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association
9770 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID
9771 * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of
9772 * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to
9773 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done().
9774 *
9775 * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was
9776 * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback.
9777 */
9778 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data {
9779 const u8 *buf;
9780 size_t len;
9781 u16 added_links;
9782 struct {
9783 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
9784 u8 *addr;
9785 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
9786 };
9787
9788 /**
9789 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result
9790 * @dev: network device.
9791 * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data
9792 *
9793 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration
9794 * request to add links to the association is done.
9795 */
9796 void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev,
9797 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data);
9798
9799 /**
9800 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed
9801 * @wdev: the wireless device to check
9802 *
9803 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory
9804 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not
9805 * hold anymore.
9806 */
9807 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
9808
9809 /**
9810 * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state
9811 * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed
9812 * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false.
9813 */
9814 void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled);
9815
9816 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS
9817 /**
9818 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs
9819 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use
9820 * @file: the file being read
9821 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from
9822 * @bufsize: size of the buffer
9823 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to
9824 * @count: read count
9825 * @ppos: read position
9826 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock)
9827 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler
9828 *
9829 * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno
9830 */
9831 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file,
9832 char *buf, size_t bufsize,
9833 char __user *userbuf, size_t count,
9834 loff_t *ppos,
9835 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9836 struct file *file,
9837 char *buf,
9838 size_t bufsize,
9839 void *data),
9840 void *data);
9841
9842 /**
9843 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs
9844 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use
9845 * @file: the file being written to
9846 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to
9847 * @bufsize: size of the buffer
9848 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from
9849 * @count: read count
9850 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock)
9851 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler
9852 *
9853 * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno
9854 */
9855 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file,
9856 char *buf, size_t bufsize,
9857 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count,
9858 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
9859 struct file *file,
9860 char *buf,
9861 size_t count,
9862 void *data),
9863 void *data);
9864 #endif
9865
9866 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
9867